UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015
Commission File Number 0-19065
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland
(Address of principal executive offices)
52-1532952
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
20832
(Zip Code)
301-774-6400
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[ ] Yes [X] No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
[ ] Yes [X] No*
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months
(or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). [X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will
not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller
reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [X] Non-accelerated filer [ ] Smaller reporting company [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). [ ] Yes [X] No
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2015, the last day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $653 million, based on the closing sales price of $27.26
per share of the registrant's Common Stock on that date.
The number of outstanding shares of common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2016.
Common stock, $1.00 par value – 23,818,385 shares
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Part III: Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2016 (the "Proxy
Statement").
* The registrant is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Act.
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements .......................................................................................................................................................
PART I.
Item 1. Business ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................................
Item 2. Properties .........................................................................................................................................................................
Item 3. Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures ..................................................................................................................................................
3
4
16
23
23
24
24
PART II.
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities .
Item 6. Selected Financial Data ....................................................................................................................................................
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...........................................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ......................................................................................
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................................................
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...........................................................................................
Consolidated Financial Statements ...................................................................................................................................
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................................................................................
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..........................................
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information ..........................................................................................................................................................
24
28
29
57
58
59
61
66
117
117
118
PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .............................................................................................
Item 11. Executive Compensation................................................................................................................................................
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ......................
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence ................................................................
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................................................
118
118
118
118
118
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .......................................................................................................................
Signatures……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. .....
118
122
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report Form 10-K, as well as other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and written
or oral communications made from time to time by or on behalf of Sandy Spring Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”),
may contain statements relating to future events or future results of the Company that are considered “forward-looking
statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may be identified by
the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “intend” and “potential,” or words of similar
meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “should,” “could,” or “may.” Forward-looking statements include statements of
our goals, intentions and expectations; statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
Forward-looking statements reflect our expectation or prediction of future conditions, events or results based on information
currently available. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that may cause actual
results to differ materially from those in such statements. These risk and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks
identified in Item 1A of this report and the following:
• general business and economic conditions nationally or in the markets that the Company serves could adversely affect,
among other things, real estate prices, unemployment levels, and consumer and business confidence, which could lead to
decreases in the demand for loans, deposits and other financial services that we provide and increases in loan
delinquencies and defaults;
• changes or volatility in the capital markets and interest rates may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits
and other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet as well as our liquidity;
• our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;
• our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk as well as changes in the
•
estimates we use to value certain of the securities in our portfolio;
the effect of legislative or regulatory developments including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities,
insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry;
• competitive factors among financial services companies, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract,
develop and retain qualified banking professionals;
the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory
agencies; and
the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.
•
•
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to
reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as
required by federal securities laws.
3
PART I
Item 1. BUSINESS
General
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company") is the bank holding company for Sandy Spring Bank (the "Bank"). The Company is
registered as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Holding Company
Act"). As such, the Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(the "Federal Reserve"). The Company began operating in 1988. Sandy Spring Bank traces its origin to 1868, making it among
the oldest banking institutions in the region. The Bank is independent, community oriented, and conducts a full-service
commercial banking business through 45 community offices located in Central Maryland, Northern Virginia, and Washington D.
C. The Bank is a state chartered bank subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve and the State of Maryland. The
Bank's deposit accounts are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(the "FDIC") to the maximum permitted by law. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is an Equal Housing
Lender. The Company, the Bank, and its other subsidiaries are Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employers.
With $4.7 billion in assets, the Company is a community banking organization that focuses its lending and other services on
businesses and consumers in the local market area. Through its subsidiaries, Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation and West
Financial Services, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank offers a comprehensive menu of insurance and investment management services.
The Company's and the Bank's principal executive office is located at 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland 20832, and its
telephone number is 301-774-6400.
Availability of Information
This report is not part of the proxy materials; it is provided along with the annual proxy statement for convenience of use and as
an expense control measure. The Company makes available through the Investor Relations area of the Company website,
at www.sandyspringbank.com, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and
any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Access to these reports is provided by means of a link to a third-party vendor that maintains a database of such filings. In general,
the Company intends that these reports be available as soon as practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Technical and other operational obstacles or delays caused by the vendor may delay their
availability. The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) where these filings also are available through the SEC’s EDGAR
system. There is no charge for access to these filings through either the Company’s site or the SEC’s site.
Market and Economic Overview
Sandy Spring Bank is headquartered in Montgomery County, Maryland and conducts business primarily in Central Maryland,
Northern Virginia and Washington D.C. The Bank’s business footprint serves Greater Washington, which includes the District of
Columbia proper, Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland, one of the country’s most economically successful regions. The
region’s economic strength is due not only to the region’s significant federal presence, but also to strong growth in the business
and professional services sector. The existence of the United States Cyber Command in Ft. Meade, Maryland together with a
strategic location between two of the country’s leading ports - the Port of Baltimore and the Port of Virginia – has provided
opportunities for growth in a variety of areas, including logistics and transportation.
The unemployment rate in the region has remained consistently below the national average for the last several years. Much of this
success is due to the region’s highly trained and educated workforce. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the region is home to
six of the top ten most highly educated counties in the nation and six of the top ten most affluent counties, as measured by
household income. The Company’s geographical location provides access to key neighboring markets such as Philadelphia, New
York City, Pittsburgh and the Richmond/Norfolk, Virginia corridor.
While the local economy continues to slowly improve, management believes the regional economy will continue to experience
further recovery and expansion, which will present growth opportunities for the Company.
4
Loan and Lease Products
The Company currently offers a complete menu of loan products primarily in our identified market footprint that are discussed in
detail below and on the following pages. These following sections should be read in conjunction with the section “Credit Risk”
on page 47 of this report.
Residential Real Estate Loans
The residential real estate category contains loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. The Company's
residential real estate lending policy requires each loan to have viable repayment sources. Residential real estate loans are
evaluated for the adequacy of these repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-
to-income ratios, and collateral values. Credit risk for residential real estate loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or
willingness to repay the loan or by a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance
in the event of a default and subsequent liquidation of the real estate collateral. The residential real estate portfolio includes both
conforming and non-conforming mortgage loans.
Conforming mortgage loans represent loans originated in accordance with underwriting standards set forth by the government-
sponsored entities (“GSEs”), including the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), which serve as the
primary purchasers of loans sold in the secondary mortgage market by mortgage lenders. These loans are generally collateralized
by one-to-four-family residential real estate, have loan-to-collateral value ratios of 80% or less or have mortgage insurance to
insure down to 80%, and are made to borrowers in good credit standing. Substantially all fixed-rate conforming loans originated
are sold in the secondary mortgage market. For any loans retained by the Company, title insurance insuring the priority of its
mortgage lien, as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance protecting the properties securing the loans is required.
Borrowers may be required to advance funds, with each monthly payment of principal and interest, to a loan escrow account from
which the Company makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and mortgage insurance premiums. Appraisers
approved by the Company appraise the properties securing substantially all of the Company's residential mortgage loans.
Non-conforming mortgage loans represent loans that generally are not saleable in the secondary market to the GSEs for inclusion
in conventional mortgage-backed securities due to the credit characteristics of the borrower, the underlying documentation, the
loan-to-value ratio, or the size of the loan, among other factors. The Company originates non-conforming loans for its own
portfolio and for sale to third-party investors, usually large mortgage companies, under commitments by the mortgage company to
purchase the loans subject to compliance with pre-established investor criteria. Non-conforming loans generated for sale include
loans that may not be underwritten using customary underwriting standards. These loans typically are held after funding for thirty
days or less, and are included in residential mortgages held for sale. The Company's current practice is to sell both conforming
and non-conforming loans on a servicing released basis.
The Company makes residential real estate development and construction loans generally to provide interim financing on
property during the development and construction period. Borrowers include builders, developers and persons who will ultimately
occupy the single-family dwelling. Residential real estate development and construction loan funds are disbursed periodically as
pre-specified stages of completion are attained based upon site inspections. Interest rates on these loans are usually adjustable.
Loans to individuals for the construction of primary personal residences are typically secured by the property under construction,
frequently include additional collateral (such as a second mortgage on the borrower's present home), and commonly have
maturities of twelve to eighteen months. The Company attempts to obtain the permanent mortgage loan under terms, conditions
and documentation standards that permit the sale of the mortgage loan in the secondary mortgage loan market.
Commercial Loans and Leases
Included in this category are commercial real estate loans, commercial construction loans, leases and other commercial loans.
Over the years, the Company’s commercial loan clients have come to represent a diverse cross-section of small to mid-size local
businesses within our market footprint, whose owners and employees are often established Bank customers. Such banking
relationships are a natural business for the Company, with its long-standing community roots and extensive experience in serving
and lending to this market segment.
5
Commercial loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and are regularly reviewed for any
possible deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the loan. Collateral generally is required to provide the Company
with an additional source of repayment in the event of default by a commercial borrower. The structure of the collateral package,
including the type and amount of the collateral, varies from loan to loan depending on the financial strength of the borrower, the
amount and terms of the loan, and the collateral available to be pledged by the borrower, but generally may include real estate,
accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets. Loans also may be supported by personal guarantees from the
principals of the commercial loan borrowers. The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers are closely
monitored by the submission of corporate financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns. The
frequency of submissions of required information depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and the collateral that
secures the loan. Credit risk for commercial loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan, and
in the case of secured loans, by a shortfall in the collateral value in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a
default and subsequent liquidation of collateral. The Company has no commercial loans to borrowers in similar industries that
exceed 10% of total loans.
Included in commercial loans are credits directly originated by the Company and, to a lesser extent, syndicated transactions or
loan participations that are originated by other lenders. The Company's commercial lending policy requires each loan, regardless
of whether it is directly originated or is purchased, to have viable repayment sources. The risks associated with syndicated loans
or purchased participations are similar to those of directly originated commercial loans, although additional risk may arise from
the limited ability to control actions of the primary lender. Shared National Credits (SNC), as defined by the banking regulatory
agencies, represent syndicated lending arrangements with three or more participating financial institutions and credit exceeding
$20.0 million in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $16.8 million in SNC purchases outstanding and
$24.8 million in SNC sold outstanding. During 2015, the Company’s primary regulator completed its annual SNC examination.
As a result of this review no action was required on the Company’s SNC participations.
The Company sells participations in loans it originates to other financial institutions in order to build long-term customer
relationships or limit loan concentration. The Company also purchases whole loans and loan participations as part of its
asset/liability management strategy. Strict policies are in place governing the degree of risk assumed and volume of loans held. At
December 31, 2015, other financial institutions had $53.9 million in outstanding commercial and commercial real estate loan
participations sold by the Company. In addition, the Company had $18.0 million in outstanding commercial and commercial real
estate loan participations purchased from other lenders, excluding SNC participations.
The Company's commercial real estate loans consist of both loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied
properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office
space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. The commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to developers and
owners of commercial real estate. Commercial real estate loans are governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit
risk as previously described for commercial loans. Commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are based
upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay. The Company seeks to reduce the
risks associated with commercial mortgage lending by generally lending in its market area, using conservative loan-to-value ratios
and obtaining periodic financial statements and tax returns from borrowers to perform loan reviews. It is also the Company's
general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrowers and to underwrite the business entity from a
cash flow perspective. Interest rate risks are mitigated by using either floating interest rates or by fixing rates for a short period of
time, generally less than three years. While loan amortizations may be approved for up to 300 months, each loan generally has a
call provision (maturity date) of five to seven years or less.
6
The Company primarily lends for commercial construction in local markets that are familiar and understandable, works
selectively with top-quality builders and developers, and requires substantial equity from its borrowers. The underwriting process
is designed to confirm that the project will be economically feasible and financially viable; it is generally evaluated as though the
Company will provide permanent financing. The Company's portfolio growth objectives do not include speculative commercial
construction projects or projects lacking reasonable proportionate sharing of risk. Development and construction loans are secured
by the properties under development or construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that
reliance is not placed solely upon the value of the underlying collateral, the Company considers the financial condition and
reputation of the borrower and any guarantors, the amount of the borrower's equity in the project, independent appraisals, cost
estimates and pre-construction sales information. A risk rating system is used on the commercial loan portfolio to determine any
exposures to losses.
Acquisition, development and construction loans (“ADC loans”) to residential builders are generally made for the construction of
residential homes for which a binding sales contract exists and the prospective buyers had been pre-qualified for permanent
mortgage financing by either third-party lenders (mortgage companies or other financial institutions) or the Company. Loans for
the development of residential land are extended when evidence is provided that the lots under development will be or have been
sold to builders satisfactory to the Company. These loans are generally extended for a period of time sufficient to allow for the
clearing and grading of the land and the installation of water, sewer and roads, which is typically a minimum of eighteen months
to three years.
The Company makes commercial business loans. Commercial term loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general
corporate needs. This loan category is designed to support borrowers who have a proven ability to service debt over a term
generally not to exceed 84 months. The Company generally requires a first lien position on all collateral and requires guarantees
from owners having at least a 20% interest in the involved business. Interest rates on commercial term loans are generally
floating or fixed for a term not to exceed five years. Management monitors industry and collateral concentrations to avoid loan
exposures to a large group of similar industries or similar collateral. Commercial business loans are evaluated for historical and
projected cash flow attributes, balance sheet strength, and primary and alternate resources of personal guarantors. Commercial
term loan documents require borrowers to forward regular financial information on both the business and personal guarantors.
Loan covenants require at least annual submission of complete financial information and in certain cases this information is
required monthly, quarterly or semi-annually depending on the degree to which the Company desires information resources for
monitoring a borrower’s financial condition and compliance with loan covenants. Examples of properly margined collateral for
loans, as required by bank policy, would be a 75% advance on the lesser of appraisal or recent sales price on commercial
property, an 80% or less advance on eligible receivables, a 50% or less advance on eligible inventory and an 80% advance on
appraised residential property. Collateral borrowing certificates may be required to monitor certain collateral categories on a
monthly or quarterly basis. Loans may require personal guarantees. Key person life insurance may be required as appropriate and
as necessary to mitigate the risk of loss of a primary owner or manager. Whenever appropriate and available, the Bank seeks
governmental loan guarantees, such as the Small Business Administration loan programs, to reduce risks.
Commercial lines of credit are granted to finance a business borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of
eligible receivables and inventory. In addition to the risks inherent in term loan facilities, line of credit borrowers typically
require additional monitoring to protect the lender against increasing loan volumes and diminishing collateral values.
Commercial lines of credit are generally revolving in nature and require close scrutiny. The Company generally requires at least
an annual out of debt period (for seasonal borrowers) or regular financial information (monthly or quarterly financial statements,
borrowing base certificates, etc.) for borrowers with more growth and greater permanent working capital financing needs.
Advances against collateral value are limited. Lines of credit and term loans to the same borrowers generally are cross-defaulted
and cross-collateralized. Interest rate charges on this group of loans generally float at a factor at or above the prime lending rate.
Consumer Loans
Consumer lending continues to be important to the Company’s full-service, community banking business. This category of loans
includes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans and personal lines of credit.
7
The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers that are secured by residential real estate.
Home equity lines of credit and other home equity loans are originated by the Company for typically up to 90% of the appraised
value, less the amount of any existing prior liens on the property. While home equity loans have maximum terms of up to twenty
years and interest rates are generally fixed, home equity lines of credit have maximum terms of up to ten years for draws and
thirty years for repayment, and interest rates are generally adjustable. The Company secures these loans with mortgages on the
homes (typically a second mortgage). Purchase money second mortgage loans originated by the Company have maximum terms
ranging from ten to thirty years. These loans generally carry a fixed rate of interest for the entire term or a fixed rate of interest for
the first five years, re-pricing every five years thereafter at a predetermined spread to the prime rate of interest. Home equity lines
are generally governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit risk as described for residential real estate loans.
Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles.
These consumer loans are generally governed by the same overall lending policies as described for residential real estate. Credit
risk for consumer loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan, and in the case of secured loans,
by a shortfall in the value of the collateral in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent
liquidation of collateral.
Consumer installment loans are generally offered for terms of up to six years at fixed interest rates. Automobile loans can be for
up to 100% of the purchase price or the retail value listed by the National Automobile Dealers Association. The terms of the loans
are determined by the age and condition of the collateral. Collision insurance policies are required on all these loans, unless the
borrower has substantial other assets and income. The Company also makes other consumer loans, which may or may not be
secured. The term of the loans usually depends on the collateral. The majority of unsecured loans usually do not exceed $50
thousand and have a term of no longer than 36 months.
Deposit Activities
Subject to the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (the “ALCO”) policies and current business plan, the Treasury function
works closely with the Company’s retail deposit operations to accomplish the objectives of maintaining deposit market share
within the Company’s primary markets and managing funding costs to preserve the net interest margin.
One of the Company’s primary objectives as a community bank is to develop long-term, multi-product customer relationships
from its comprehensive menu of financial products. To that end, the lead product to develop such relationships is typically a
deposit product. The Company intends to rely on deposit growth to fund long-term loan growth.
Treasury Activities
The Treasury function manages the wholesale segments of the balance sheet, including investments, purchased funds and long-
term debt, and is responsible for all facets of interest rate risk management for the Company, which includes the pricing of
deposits consistent with conservative interest rate risk and liquidity practices. Management’s objective is to achieve the maximum
level of consistent earnings over the long term, while minimizing interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk and optimizing
capital utilization. In managing the investment portfolio under its stated objectives, the Company invests primarily in U.S.
Treasury and Agency securities, U.S Agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage
Obligations (“CMO”), municipal bonds and, to a minimal extent, trust preferred securities and corporate bonds. Treasury
strategies and activities are overseen by the Risk Committee of the board of directors, ALCO and the Company’s Investment
Committee, which reviews all investment and funding transactions. The ALCO activities are summarized and reviewed quarterly
with the Company’s board of directors.
The primary objective of the investment portfolio is to provide the necessary liquidity consistent with anticipated levels of deposit
funding and loan demand with a minimal level of risk. The overall average duration of 3.3 years of the investment portfolio
together with the types of investments (99% of the portfolio is rated AA or above) is intended to provide sufficient cash flows to
support the Company’s lending goals. Liquidity is also provided by lines of credit maintained with the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Atlanta (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve, and to a lesser extent, bank lines of credit.
8
Borrowing Activities
Management utilizes a variety of sources to raise borrowed funds at competitive rates, including federal funds purchased, FHLB
borrowings and retail repurchase agreements. FHLB borrowings typically carry rates at varying spreads from the LIBOR rate or
treasury yield curve for the equivalent term because they may be secured with investments or high quality loans. Federal funds
purchased, which are generally overnight borrowings, are typically purchased at the Federal Reserve target rate.
The Company’s borrowing activities are achieved through the use of the previously mentioned lines of credit to address overnight
and short-term funding needs, match-fund loan activity and, when opportunities are present, to lock in attractive rates due to
market conditions.
Employees
The Company and its subsidiaries employed 737 persons, including executive officers, loan and other banking and trust officers,
branch personnel, and others at December 31, 2015. None of the Company's employees is represented by a union or covered
under a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company considers its employee relations to be excellent.
Competition
The Bank's principal competitors for deposits are other financial institutions, including other banks, credit unions, and savings
institutions located in the Bank’s primary market area of central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D. C. Competition
among these institutions is based primarily on interest rates and other terms offered, service charges imposed on deposit accounts, the
quality of services rendered, and the convenience of banking facilities. Additional competition for depositors' funds comes from
mutual funds, U.S. Government securities, and private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives for
depositors such as securities firms. Competition from credit unions has intensified in recent years as historical federal limits on
membership have been relaxed. Because federal law subsidizes credit unions by giving them a general exemption from federal
income taxes, credit unions have a significant cost advantage over banks and savings associations, which are fully subject to federal
income taxes. Credit unions may use this advantage to offer rates that are highly competitive with those offered by banks and thrifts.
The banking business in Central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D. C. generally, and the Bank's primary service areas
specifically, are highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits. As noted above, the Bank competes with many larger
banking organizations that have offices over a wide geographic area. These larger institutions have certain inherent advantages, such
as the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and promotions and to allocate their investment assets to regions
offering the highest yield and demand. They also offer services, such as international banking, that are not offered directly by the
Bank (but are available indirectly through correspondent institutions), and, by virtue of their larger total capitalization, such banks
have substantially higher legal lending limits, which are based on bank capital, than does the Bank. The Bank can arrange loans in
excess of its lending limit, or in excess of the level of risk it desires to take, by arranging participations with other banks. The
primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, and the range of services offered by lenders.
Competitors for loan originations include other commercial banks, mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers, savings associations, and
insurance companies.
Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation (“SSIC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, offers annuities as an alternative to
traditional deposit accounts. SSIC operates Sandy Spring Insurance, a general insurance agency located in Annapolis, Maryland, and
Neff & Associates, an insurance agency located in Ocean City, Maryland. Both agencies face competition primarily from other
insurance agencies and insurance companies. West Financial Services, Inc. (“WFS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, is an
asset management and financial planning company located in McLean, Virginia. The competition that WFS faces is primarily from
other financial planners, banks, and financial management companies.
In addition to competing with other commercial banks, credit unions and savings associations, commercial banks such as the Bank
compete with non-bank institutions for funds. For instance, yields on corporate and government debt and equity securities affect the
ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Mutual funds also provide substantial competition to banks for deposits.
Other entities, both governmental and in private industry, raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt and equity securities and
indirectly compete with the Bank in the acquisition of deposits.
9
Financial holding companies may engage in banking as well as types of securities, insurance, and other financial activities. Banks
with or without holding companies also may establish and operate financial subsidiaries that may engage in most financial
activities in which financial holding companies may engage. Competition may increase as bank holding companies and other
large financial services companies expand their operations to engage in new activities and provide a wider array of products.
Monetary Policy
The Company and the Bank are affected by fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, including those of the Federal
Reserve Board, which regulates the national money supply in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among
the techniques available to the Federal Reserve Board are engaging in open market transactions of U.S. Government securities,
changing the discount rate and changing reserve requirements against bank deposits. These techniques are used in varying
combinations to influence the overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use may also affect interest rates
charged on loans and paid on deposits. The effect of governmental policies on the earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot
be predicted.
Regulation, Supervision, and Governmental Policy
The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and regulations that significantly affect the Company and the Bank. A
number of other statutes and regulations may affect the Company and the Bank but are not discussed in the following paragraphs.
Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Holding Company Act and, as such, is subject to supervision
and regulation by the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company, the Company is required to furnish to the Federal Reserve
annual and quarterly reports of its operations and additional information and reports. The Company is also subject to regular
examination by the Federal Reserve.
Under the Holding Company Act, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1)
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any class of voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after
the acquisition, the bank holding company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the class; (2) acquiring all
or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank
holding company.
Prior to acquiring control of the Company or the Bank, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve. For purposes
of the Holding Company Act, "control" is defined as ownership of 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company
or the Bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over
management or policies of the Company or the Bank.
The Change in Bank Control Act and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve require any person or persons acting in
concert (except for companies required to make application under the Holding Company Act), to file a written notice with the
Federal Reserve before the person or persons acquire control of the Company or the Bank. The Change in Bank Control Act
defines "control" as the direct or indirect power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities or to direct the management
or policies of a bank holding company or an insured bank.
The Holding Company Act also limits the investments and activities of bank holding companies. In general, a bank holding
company is prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company
that is not a bank or a bank holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking,
managing or controlling banks, providing services for its subsidiaries, non-bank activities that are closely related to banking, and
other financially related activities. The activities of the Company are subject to these legal and regulatory limitations under the
Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations.
In general, bank holding companies that qualify as financial holding companies under federal banking law may engage in an
expanded list of non-bank activities. Non-bank and financially related activities of bank holding companies, including companies
that become financial holding companies, also may be subject to regulation and oversight by regulators other than the Federal
Reserve. The Company is not a financial holding company, but may choose to become one in the future.
10
The Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its
ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such
ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding
company.
The Federal Reserve has adopted guidelines regarding the capital adequacy of bank holding companies, which require bank
holding companies to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. See
"Regulatory Capital Requirements."
The Federal Reserve has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound
practices. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which
expresses the Federal Reserve's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the
company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is
consistent with the company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.
Bank Regulation
The Bank is a state chartered bank and trust company subject to supervision by the State of Maryland. As a member of the
Federal Reserve System, the Bank is also subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve. Deposits of the Bank are insured by the
FDIC to the legal maximum. Deposits, reserves, investments, loans, consumer law compliance, issuance of securities, payment of
dividends, establishment of branches, mergers and acquisitions, corporate activities, changes in control, electronic funds transfers,
responsiveness to community needs, management practices, compensation policies, and other aspects of operations are subject to
regulation by the appropriate federal and state supervisory authorities. In addition, the Bank is subject to numerous federal, state
and local laws and regulations which set forth specific restrictions and procedural requirements with respect to extensions of
credit (including to insiders), credit practices, disclosure of credit terms and discrimination in credit transactions.
The Federal Reserve regularly examines the operations and condition of the Bank, including, but not limited to, its capital
adequacy, reserves, loans, investments, and management practices. These examinations are for the protection of the Bank's
depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund. In addition, the Bank is required to furnish quarterly and annual reports to the Federal
Reserve. The Federal Reserve's enforcement authority includes the power to remove officers and directors and the authority to
issue cease-and-desist orders to prevent a bank from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or violating laws or regulations
governing its business.
The Federal Reserve has adopted regulations regarding capital adequacy, which require member banks to maintain specified
minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements." Federal
Reserve and State regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company. See “Note 11 –Stockholders’
Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Bank is subject to restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to, and certain other transactions with, the
Company and other affiliates, and on investments in their stock or other securities. These restrictions prevent the Company and
the Bank's other affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by specified collateral, and require those
transactions to have terms comparable to terms of arms-length transactions with third persons. In addition, secured loans and
other transactions and investments by the Bank are generally limited in amount as to the Company and as to any other affiliate to
10% of the Bank's capital and surplus and as to the Company and all other affiliates together to an aggregate of 20% of the Bank's
capital and surplus. Certain exemptions to these limitations apply to extensions of credit and other transactions between the Bank
and its subsidiaries. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company's ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash
needs, including funds for acquisitions and for payment of dividends, interest, and operating expenses.
11
Under Federal Reserve regulations, banks must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards
for extensions of credit secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent
improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards; prudent underwriting
standards, including loan-to-value limits, that are clear and measurable; loan administration procedures; and documentation,
approval, and reporting requirements. A bank's real estate lending policy must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines
for Real Estate Lending Policies (the "Interagency Guidelines") adopted by the federal bank regulators. The Interagency
Guidelines, among other things, call for internal loan-to-value limits for real estate loans that are not in excess of the limits
specified in the Guidelines. The Interagency Guidelines state, however, that it may be appropriate in individual cases to originate
or purchase loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of the supervisory loan-to-value limits.
Sandy Spring Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned
to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky
institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned.
Assessment rates currently range from 2-1/2 to 45 basis points. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal
deposit insurance assessment. Deposit insurance assessments are based on total assets less tangible equity. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation imposed on all insured institutions a special emergency assessment of five basis points of total assets
minus Tier 1 capital, as of June 30, 2009 (capped at ten basis points of an institution’s deposit assessment base), in order to cover
losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. That special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation provided for similar assessments during the final two quarters of 2009, if deemed necessary. However, in
lieu of further special assessments, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation required insured institutions to prepay estimated
quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. The estimated assessments,
which include an assumed annual assessment base increase of 5%, were recorded as a prepaid expense asset as of December 30,
2009. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, a charge to earnings was recorded for each regular assessment with
an offsetting credit to the prepaid asset. All remaining prepaid assets were repaid to financial institutions in the second quarter of
2013. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. Management cannot predict
what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), an international forum for cooperation on banking
supervisory matters, announced the "Basel III" capital standards, which substantially revised the existing capital requirements for
banking organizations. Modest revisions were made in June 2011. On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for
the Basel III capital framework. The requirements in the rule began to phase in on January 1, 2015 for the Company. The
requirements in the rule will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.
The rule imposes higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those currently in place. Specifically, the rule imposes
the following minimum capital requirements: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio of 6% (increased from the previous 4% requirement); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged
from the previous requirement); and (4) a leverage ratio of 4%.
Under the rule, Tier 1 capital has been redefined to include two components: Common Equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1
capital. The new and highest form of capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related
surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the
form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such
as non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The rule permits bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total
consolidated assets to continue to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May
19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but not in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. Tier 2 capital consists of
instruments that previously qualified in Tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment.
In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered
banking organization must maintain a "capital conservation buffer" on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This
buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (Common Equity Tier 1,
Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally over time, becoming fully
effective on January 1, 2019, and will consist of an additional amount of common equity equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.
12
The previous capital rules required certain deductions from or adjustments to capital. The new rule retains many of these
deductions and adjustments and also provides for new ones. As a result, deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will be
required for goodwill (net of associated deferred tax liabilities); intangible assets such as non-mortgage servicing assets and
purchased credit card relationships (net of associated deferred tax liabilities); deferred tax assets that arise from net operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards (net of any related valuation allowances and net of deferred tax liabilities); any gain on sale in
connection with a securitization exposure; any defined benefit pension fund net asset (net of any associated deferred tax
liabilities) held by a bank holding company (this provision does not apply to a bank or savings association); the aggregate amount
of outstanding equity investments (including retained earnings) in financial subsidiaries; and identified losses.
Additionally, the new rule provides for the deduction of three categories of assets: (i) deferred tax assets arising from temporary
differences that cannot be realized through net operating loss carrybacks (net of related valuation allowances and of deferred tax
liabilities), (ii) mortgage servicing assets (net of associated deferred tax liabilities) and (iii) investments in more than 10% of the
issued and outstanding common stock of unconsolidated financial institutions (net of associated deferred tax liabilities). The
amount in each category that exceeds 10% of Common Equity Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1
capital. The remaining, non-deducted amounts are then aggregated, and the amount by which this total amount exceeds 15% of
Common Equity Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital. Amounts of minority investments in
consolidated subsidiaries that exceed certain limits and investments in unconsolidated financial institutions may also have to be
deducted from the category of capital to which such instruments belong.
Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) is presumptively included in Common Equity Tier 1 capital and often would
operate to reduce this category of capital. The new rule provided a one-time opportunity at the end of the first quarter of 2015 for
covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI and the Company has elected this option. The new
rule also has the effect of increasing capital requirements by increasing the risk weights on certain assets, including high volatility
commercial real estate, mortgage servicing rights not includable in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, equity exposures, and claims
on securities firms, that are used in the denominator of the three risk-based capital ratios.
Supervision and Regulation of Mortgage Banking Operations
The Company's mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development ("HUD"), the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA"), the Veterans' Administration ("VA") and Fannie Mae with
respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit
discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines, which include provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit
reports on prospective borrowers, and fix maximum loan amounts. Lenders such as the Company are required annually to submit
audited financial statements to Fannie Mae, FHA and VA. Each of these regulatory entities has its own financial requirements.
The Company's affairs are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve, Fannie Mae, FHA and VA at all times to assure
compliance with the applicable regulations, policies and procedures. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Fair Housing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Flood
Insurance Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and related regulations that prohibit discrimination and require the
disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. The Company's mortgage
banking operations also are affected by various state and local laws and regulations and the requirements of various private
mortgage investors.
13
Community Reinvestment
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet
the credit needs of the entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of
products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. However, institutions are rated on their
performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, to evaluate the
institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in
community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and
businesses; and (c) service, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The
CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one
of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of the community and to take such record into account in its
evaluation of certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities,
relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company
acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions make public, disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Bank was assigned a
“satisfactory” rating as a result of its last CRA examination.
Bank Secrecy Act
Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions,
based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report cash transactions involving
more than $10,000 to the United States Treasury. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports
for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect
involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA, or has no lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening
America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act, commonly referred to as the "USA
Patriot Act" or the "Patriot Act”, enacted prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as
enhanced due diligence standards intended to prevent the use of the United States financial system for money laundering and
terrorist financing activities. The Patriot Act requires banks and other depository institutions, brokers, dealers and certain other
businesses involved in the transfer of money to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and
independent audit requirements meeting minimum standards specified by the act, to follow standards for customer identification
and maintenance of customer identification records, and to compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist
organizations and money launderers. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an
applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.
14
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) established a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures
intended to increase corporate responsibility and protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures under
federal securities laws. The Company is subject to Sarbanes-Oxley because it is required to file periodic reports with the SEC
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Among other things, Sarbanes-Oxley, its implementing regulations and related
Nasdaq Stock Market rules have established membership requirements and additional responsibilities for the Company’s audit
committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between the Company and its outside auditors (including restrictions on the
types of non-audit services our auditors may provide to us), imposed additional financial statement certification responsibilities
for the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, expanded the disclosure requirements for corporate insiders,
required management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial
reporting, and required the Company’s auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting.
Regulatory Restructuring Legislation
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in 2010, implements significant changes to the regulation of depository institutions. The Dodd-
Frank Act provides for the creation of a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, as an independent bureau of the
Federal Reserve Board, to take over the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws from the
depository institution regulators. However, institutions of $10 billion or fewer in assets will continue to be examined for
compliance with such laws and regulations by, and to be subject to the primary enforcement authority of, their primary federal
regulator. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, requires changes in the way that institutions are assessed for
deposit insurance, requires that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, directs the
Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees, and contains a number of reforms related to
mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act contain delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance
of regulations. As a result, it will be some time before their impact on operations can be assessed by management. However,
there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in an increased regulatory burden and higher
compliance, operating, and possibly, interest costs for the Company and the Bank.
Other Laws and Regulations
Some of the aspects of the lending and deposit business of the Bank that are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and the
FDIC include reserve requirements and disclosure requirements in connection with personal and mortgage loans and deposit
accounts. In addition, the Bank is subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations that include specific restrictions and
procedural requirements with respect to the establishment of branches, investments, interest rates on loans, credit practices, the
disclosure of credit terms, and discrimination in credit transactions.
Enforcement Actions
Federal statutes and regulations provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to undertake an enforcement
action against an institution that fails to comply with regulatory requirements. Possible enforcement actions range from the
imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to civil money penalties, cease-and-desist orders, receivership, conservatorship,
or the termination of the deposit insurance.
Executive Officers
The following listing sets forth the name, age (as of February 28, 2016), principal position and recent business experience of each
executive officer:
R. Louis Caceres, 53, Executive Vice President of the Bank. Mr. Caceres was made Executive Vice President of the Bank in
2002. Prior to that, Mr. Caceres was a Senior Vice President of the Bank.
Ronald E. Kuykendall, 63, became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and the Bank in
2002. Prior to that, Mr. Kuykendall was General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and Senior Vice President of the Bank.
Philip J. Mantua, CPA, 57, became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank in 2004.
Prior to that, Mr. Mantua was Senior Vice President of Managerial Accounting.
Ronda McDowell, 51, became an Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank in 2013. Prior to that, Ms.
McDowell served as a Senior Vice President, Loan Administration and Retail Senior Credit Officer of the Bank.
15
Joseph J. O'Brien, Jr., 52, became Executive Vice President for Commercial and Retail Banking on January 1, 2011. Mr. O’Brien
joined the Bank in July 2007 as Executive Vice President for Commercial Banking. Additionally, on January 1, 2008, he became
president of the Northern Virginia Market. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. O'Brien was an Executive Vice President and senior
lender for a local banking institution.
John D. Sadowski, 52, became Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank on February 1, 2011. Prior to
that, Mr. Sadowski served as a Senior Vice President of the Bank.
Daniel J. Schrider, 51, became President of the Company and the Bank effective March 26, 2008 and Chief Executive Officer
effective January 1, 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Schrider served as an Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer of the
Bank.
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
Investing in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The investor should carefully consider the following risk factors before
deciding to make an investment decision regarding the Company’s stock. The risk factors may cause future earnings to be lower
or the financial condition to be less favorable than expected. In addition, other risks that the Company is not aware of, or which
are not believed to be material, may cause earnings to be lower, or may deteriorate the financial condition of the Company.
Consideration should also be given to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in the documents
incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition
or results of operations.
The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in the local
market area. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer
confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the economy in the United
States generally and in the Company’s market area in particular. Several years ago, the national economy experienced an
extended recession, with rising unemployment levels, declines in real estate values and erosion in consumer confidence.
Dramatic declines in the U.S. housing market during the recession, with falling home prices and higher levels of foreclosures,
negatively affected the performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by many financial
institutions. Although the housing sector has improved, real estate prices have rebounded and consumer confidence has shown
improvment, the economy remains in a slow-growth mode in many respects. A return to elevated levels of unemployment,
declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of the
Company’s borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and reduce demand for banking products and services.
The geographic concentration of our operations makes the Company susceptible to downturns in local economic conditions.
The Company’s commercial and commercial real estate lending operations are concentrated in central Maryland, Northern
Virginia and Washington D. C. The Company’s success depends in part upon economic conditions in these markets. Adverse
changes in economic conditions in these markets could limit growth in loans and deposits, impair the Company’s ability to collect
amounts due on loans, increase problem loans and charge-offs and otherwise negatively affect performance and financial
condition. Declines in real estate values could cause some of the residential and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately
collateralized, which would expose the Company to a greater risk of loss in the event that the recovery on amounts due on
defaulted loans is resolved by selling the real estate collateral.
16
The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover our actual loan and lease losses, which
could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
An allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained in an amount that is believed to be adequate to provide for probable losses
inherent in the portfolio. The Company has an aggressive program to monitor credit quality and to identify loans and leases that
may become non-performing, however, at any time there are loans and leases included in the portfolio that will result in losses,
but that have not been identified as non-performing or potential problem credits. There can be no assurance that the ability exists
to identify all deteriorating credits prior to them becoming non-performing assets, or that the Company will have the ability to
limit losses on those loans and leases that are identified. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary.
Additionally, future additions may be required based on changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in
the financial condition of borrowers, or as a result of assumptions by management in determining the allowance. Additionally,
banking regulators, as an integral part of their supervisory function, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan and
lease losses. These regulatory agencies may require an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses or to recognize further
loan or lease charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from the Company’s. Any increase in the allowance
for loan and lease losses could have a negative effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
If non-performing assets increase, earnings will be adversely impacted.
At December 31, 2015, non-performing assets, which are comprised of non-accrual loans, 90 days past due loans and other real
estate owned, totaled $37.2 million, or 0.80%, of total assets, compared to non-performing assets of $37.2 million, or 0.85% of
total assets at December 31, 2014. Non-performing assets adversely affect net income in various ways. Interest income is not
recorded on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned. The Company must record a reserve for probable losses on loans and
leases, which is established through a current period charge to the provision for loan and lease losses, and from time to time must
write-down the value of properties in the Company’s other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values.
Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes,
insurance and maintenance related to other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active
involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. Finally, if the estimate for the recorded
allowance for loan and lease losses proves to be incorrect and the allowance is inadequate, the allowance will have to be increased
and, as a result, Company earnings would be adversely affected. A further downturn in the Company’s market areas could
increase credit risk associated with the loan portfolio, as it could have a material adverse effect on both the ability of borrowers to
repay loans as well as the value of the real property or other property held as collateral for such loans. There can be no assurance
that non-performing loans will not experience an increase in the future, or that the Company’s non-performing assets will not
result in further losses in the future.
The Company may be subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgage loans.
When mortgage loans are sold, it is customary to make representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans
and the manner in which they were originated. Whole loan sale agreements require the repurchase or substitution of mortgage
loans in the event the Company breaches any of these representations or warranties. In addition, there may be a requirement to
repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a mortgage
loan. The Company receives a limited number of repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers as a result of borrower
fraud and early payment default of the borrower on mortgage loans. The Company has enhanced its underwriting policies and
procedures, however, these steps may not be effective or reduce the risk associated with loans sold in the past. If repurchase and
indemnity demands increase materially, the Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected.
Any delays in the Company’s ability to foreclose on delinquent mortgage loans may negatively impact the Company’s
business.
The origination of mortgage loans occurs with the expectation that if the borrower defaults then the ultimate loss is mitigated by
the value of the collateral that secures the mortgage loan. The ability to mitigate the losses on defaulted loans depends upon the
ability to promptly foreclose upon the collateral after an appropriate cure period. In some states, the large number of mortgage
foreclosures that have occurred has resulted in delays in foreclosing. Any delay in the foreclosure process will adversely affect the
Company by increasing the expenses related to carrying such assets, such as taxes, insurance, and other carrying costs, and
exposes the Company to losses as a result of potential additional declines in the value of such collateral.
17
Changes in interest rates may adversely affect earnings and financial condition.
The Company’s net income depends to a great extent upon the level of net interest income. Changes in interest rates can increase
or decrease net interest income and net income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on loans,
investments, and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.
Net interest income is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react
differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more
quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly,
when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net
interest income.
Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond the Company’s control, including inflation, unemployment,
money supply, international events, and events in world financial markets. The Company attempts to manage its risk from
changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, re-pricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. As a result, a rapid increase or
decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and results of operations. Changes in the market
interest rates for types of products and services in various markets also may vary significantly from location to location and over
time based upon competition and local or regional economic factors. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s interest rate
sensitivity simulation model projected that net interest income would decrease by 1.52% if interest rates immediately rose by 200
basis points. The results of an interest rate sensitivity simulation model depend upon a number of assumptions which may not
prove to be accurate. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully manage interest rate risk.
The Company’s investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk.
The investment securities portfolio has risk factors beyond the Company’s control that may significantly influence its fair value.
These risk factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the
securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and instability in the credit markets. Lack of market activity with respect to
some securities has, in certain circumstances, required the Company to base its fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any
changes in these risk factors, in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact the Company’s
assessment of fair value and thus the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in the investment
securities portfolio. Investment securities that previously were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired could require
further write-downs due to continued erosion of the creditworthiness of the issuer. Write-downs of investment securities would
negatively affect the Company’s earnings and regulatory capital ratios.
The Company is subject to liquidity risks.
Market conditions could negatively affect the level or cost of available liquidity, which would affect the Company’s ongoing
ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund asset growth and new
business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Core deposits and Federal
Home Loan Bank advances are the Company’s primary source of funding. A significant decrease in the core deposits, an inability
to renew Federal Home Loan Bank advances, an inability to obtain alternative funding to core deposits or Federal Home Loan
Bank advances, or a substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a negative effect on
the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively impact the Company’s earnings.
At December 31, 2015, goodwill totaled $84.2 million. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of
the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. There could be a requirement to
evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the normal annual assessment if there is a disruption in the Company’s business,
unexpected significant declines in operating results, or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the
resulting analyses could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future, which would adversely affect the results of
operations. A goodwill impairment charge does not adversely affect regulatory capital ratios or tangible capital. Based on an
analysis, it was determined that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units exceeded the carrying value of their assets and
liabilities and, therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired at December 31, 2015.
18
The Company depends on its executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of its long-term business
strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.
The Company believes that its continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of its management team
and its ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel. In particular, the Company relies on the leadership
of its Chief Executive Officer, Daniel J. Schrider. The loss of service of Mr. Schrider or one or more of the Company’s other
executive officers or key personnel could reduce the Company’s ability to successfully implement its long-term business strategy,
its business could suffer and the value of the Company’s common stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership
changes will occur from time to time and the Company cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether the
Company will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. The Company believes its management team possesses valuable
knowledge about the banking industry and the Company’s markets and that their knowledge and relationships would be very
difficult to replicate. Although the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have entered into employment agreements
with the Company, it is possible that they may not complete the term of their employment agreements or renew them upon
expiration. The Company’s success also depends on the experience of its branch managers and lending officers and on their
relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact the
Company’s banking operations. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future,
could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results.
The market price for the Company’s stock may be volatile.
The market price for the Company’s common stock has fluctuated, ranging between $23.75 and $29.43 per share during the 12
months ended December 31, 2015. The overall market and the price of the Company’s common stock may experience volatility.
There may be a significant impact on the market price for the common stock due to, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
past and future dividend practice;
financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects;
quarterly variations in operating results or the quality of the Company’s assets;
operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
changes in expectations as to the future financial performance;
announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments, significant contracts, acquisitions and
other material events by the Company or its competitors;
the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to the
Company;
future sales of the Company’s equity or equity-related securities;
the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and
developments with respect to financial institutions generally; and
changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or
foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility or other geopolitical, regulatory
or judicial events.
There can be no assurance that a more active or consistent trading market in the Company’s common stock will develop. As a
result, relatively small trades could have a significant impact on the price of the Company’s common stock.
The cost savings that the Company estimates for mergers and acquisitions may not be realized.
The success of the Company’s mergers and acquisitions may depend, in part, on the ability to realize the estimated cost savings
from combining the acquired businesses with the Company’s existing operations. It is possible that the potential cost savings
could turn out to be more difficult to achieve than anticipated. The cost savings estimates also depend on the ability to combine
the businesses in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or there is an
inability to combine successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than
expected.
Combining acquired businesses with Sandy Spring may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected, or could
result in the loss of customers.
It is possible that the process of merger integration of acquired companies could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption
of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the ability to maintain
relationships with clients and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger or acquisition. There also may be
disruptions that cause the Company to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits. Customers may not readily
accept changes to their banking arrangements or other customer relationships after the merger or acquisition.
19
Market competition may decrease the Company’s growth or profits.
The Company competes for loans, deposits, and investment dollars with other banks and other financial institutions and
enterprises, such as securities firms, insurance companies, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers, and private
lenders, many of which have substantially greater resources than possessed by the Company. Credit unions have federal tax
exemptions, which may allow them to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than taxpaying financial institutions
such as commercial banks. In addition, non-depository institution competitors are generally not subject to the extensive regulation
applicable to institutions that offer federally insured deposits. Other institutions may have other competitive advantages in
particular markets or may be willing to accept lower profit margins on certain products. These differences in resources,
regulation, competitive advantages, and business strategy may decrease the Company’s net interest margin, increase the
Company’s operating costs, and may make it harder to compete profitably.
The Company operates in a highly regulated industry, and compliance with, or changes to, the laws and regulations that
govern its operations may adversely affect the Company.
The banking industry is heavily regulated. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect the federal deposit insurance
funds and depositors, not shareholders. Sandy Spring Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System and by Maryland banking authorities. Sandy Spring Bancorp is subject to regulation and supervision
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The burdens imposed by federal and state regulations put banks at a
competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors such as finance companies, mortgage banking companies, and
leasing companies. Changes in the laws, regulations, and regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may increase the cost
of doing business or otherwise adversely affect the Company and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting
banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and the Company cannot predict the ultimate effect of these
changes, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Federal
economic and monetary policy may also affect the Company’s ability to attract deposits and other funding sources, make loans
and investments, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.
The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may have a material effect on
our operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on the
Company’s business are: changes to regulatory capital requirements; exclusion of hybrid securities, including trust preferred
securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from Tier 1 capital; creation of new government regulatory agencies (such as the
Financial Stability Oversight Council, which oversees systemic risk, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which
develops and enforces rules for bank and non-bank providers of consumer financial products); potential limitations on federal
preemption; changes to deposit insurance assessments; regulation of debit interchange fees; changes in retail banking regulations,
including potential limitations on certain fees the Company may charge; and changes in regulation of consumer mortgage loan
origination and risk retention. Some provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately upon its enactment. Many
provisions, however, require regulations to be promulgated by various federal agencies in order to be implemented, some of
which have been proposed by the applicable federal agencies. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may have unintended
effects, which will not be clear until further implementation. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the
profitability of the Company’s business activities, require changes to certain of the Company’s business practices, impose upon
the Company more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business.
These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any
changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may
negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited by law and contract.
The ability to pay dividends to shareholders largely depends on Sandy Spring Bancorp’s receipt of dividends from Sandy Spring
Bank. The amount of dividends that Sandy Spring Bank may pay to Sandy Spring Bancorp is limited by federal laws and
regulations. The ability of Sandy Spring Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition and cash
flow requirements. There is no assurance that Sandy Spring Bank will be able to pay dividends to Sandy Spring Bancorp in the
future. The decision may be made to limit the payment of dividends even when the legal ability to pay them exists, in order to
retain earnings for other uses. A prohibition from paying dividends on common stock also exists if the required payments on the
Company’s subordinated debentures have not been made.
20
Restrictions on unfriendly acquisitions could prevent a takeover of the Company.
The Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage takeover attempts that are not
approved by the board of directors. The Maryland General Corporation Law includes provisions that make an acquisition of
Sandy Spring Bancorp more difficult. These provisions may prevent a future takeover attempt in which the shareholders
otherwise might receive a substantial premium for their shares over then-current market prices.
These provisions include supermajority provisions for the approval of certain business combinations and certain provisions
relating to meetings of shareholders. The Company’s articles of incorporation also authorize the issuance of additional shares
without shareholder approval on terms or in circumstances that could deter a future takeover attempt.
Future sales of the Company’s common stock or other securities may dilute the value and adversely affect the market price of
the Company’s common stock.
In many situations, the board of directors has the authority, without any vote of the Company’s shareholders, to issue shares of
authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans. In the
future, additional securities may be issued, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital. Any such
issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book value of the
Company’s common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when the Company would otherwise
be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.
Any changes in the Federal or State tax laws may negatively impact the Company’s financial performance.
The Company is subject to changes in tax law that could increase the effective tax rate payable to the state or federal government.
These law changes may be retroactive to previous periods and as a result, could negatively affect the current and future financial
performance of the Company.
Changes in accounting standards or interpretation of new or existing standards may affect how the Company reports its
financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change accounting regulations and reporting
standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, bank regulators and the
outside independent auditors may revise their previous interpretations regarding existing accounting regulations and the
application of these accounting standards. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how to record and
report the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, there could be a requirement to apply a new or
revised accounting standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements
New capital rules that became effective in 2015 generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies
to hold more capital.
On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for the Basel III capital framework. These rules substantially amend the
regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to us. The rules phase in over time beginning in 2015 and will become fully
effective in 2019. The rules apply to the Company as well as to Sandy Spring Bank. Beginning in 2015, our minimum capital
requirements are (i) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of 4.5%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital (common Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1
capital) of 6% (up from 4%) and (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (the current requirement). Our leverage ratio requirement remains
at the 4% level previously required. Beginning in 2016, a capital conservation buffer will phase in over three years, ultimately
resulting in a requirement of 2.5% on top of the common Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital requirements, resulting in a required
common Tier 1 equity ratio of 7%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Failure to satisfy any of these three
capital requirements will result in limits on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses.
These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.
21
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes
and regulations.
The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the "PATRIOT Act") and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other
duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction
reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to
administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements
and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S.
Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. Federal and state bank regulators also
have begun to focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and
systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we may acquire in the future
are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay
dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our
acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain
and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational
consequences for us.
Our information systems may experience an interruption or security breach.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. We, our customers, and other financial
institutions with which we interact, are subject to ongoing, continuous attempts to penetrate key systems by individual hackers,
organized criminals, and in some cases, state-sponsored organizations. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these
systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other
systems, misappropriation of funds, and theft of proprietary Company or customer data. While we have policies and procedures
designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can
be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be
adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems could damage our
reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and
possible financial liability.
Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our
business and reputation to suffer.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business
information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers
and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information
is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure
may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach
could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such
access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the
privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations and the services we provide to customers,
damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our products and services, which could adversely affect our business,
revenues and competitive position.
Our reliance on third party vendors could expose our company to additional cyber risk and liability.
The operation of our business involves outsourcing of certain business functions and reliance on third-party providers, which may
result in transmission and maintenance of personal, confidential, and proprietary information to and by such vendors. Although
we require third-party providers to maintain certain levels of information security, such providers remain vulnerable to breaches,
unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious attacks that could ultimately compromise sensitive information
possessed by our company. Although we contract to limit our liability in connection with attacks against third-party providers,
the company remains exposed to risk of loss associated with such vendors.
22
We outsource certain aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers which may expose us to additional risk.
We outsource certain key aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. While we have selected these third-party
providers carefully, we cannot control their actions. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, including those which
result from their failure to provide services for any reason or their poor performance of services, or if we have difficulty in
communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our
business operations could be adversely impacted. Replacing these third-party providers could also entail significant delay and
expense.
Our third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security
breaches. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other third-party
providers and their personnel. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of such
security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. To the extent that
the activities of our third-party providers or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential
information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities.
We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems
failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and
telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing and
deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement
on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and
telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for
such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system
failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to provide customer service, compromise our ability to
operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny
and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
In addition, we provide our customers the ability to bank remotely, including online over the Internet. The secure transmission of
confidential information is a critical element of remote banking. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access,
computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches. We
may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer
viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Further, we outsource some of the data processing
functions used for remote banking, and accordingly we are dependent on the expertise and performance of our third-party
providers. To the extent that our activities, the activities of our customers, or the activities of our third-party service providers
involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims,
litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing
customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and ability to attract
and maintain customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny,
expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability and cause reputational damage.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
The Company’s headquarters is located in Olney, Maryland. As of December 31, 2015, Sandy Spring Bank owned 13 of its 44
full-service community banking centers and leased the remaining banking centers. See Note 6–Premises and Equipment to the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
23
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of business, the Company becomes involved in litigation arising from the banking, financial, and other
activities it conducts. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any,
arising out of these matters will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, operating results or liquidity.
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Stock Listing
Common shares of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SASR”. At
February 25, 2016 there were approximately 2,300 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170
Dividends
The dividend amount is established by the board of directors each quarter. In making its decision on dividends, the board
considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.
Shareholders received quarterly cash common dividends totaling $22.4 million in 2015, $19.2 million in 2014, $16.1 million in
2013, $11.9 million in 2012 and $8.3 million in 2011. Dividends have increased from 2011 through 2015 due to the Company’s
improved operating results.
Share Transactions with Employees
Shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan, which was authorized on July 1, 2011, totaled 25,136 in 2015 and 24,519
in 2014, while issuances pursuant to exercises of stock options and grants of restricted stock were 95,571 and 68,369 in the
respective years. Shares issued under the director stock purchase plan in 2015 were not significant. No shares were issued under
the director stock purchase plan in 2014.
Quarterly Stock Information
The following table provides stock price activity and dividend payment information for the periods indicated:
2015
Stock Price Range
Quarter
Low
High
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Total
$
$
$
$
23.75
25.21
24.41
25.37
$
$
$
$
25.84
28.27
28.18
29.43
2014
Per Share
Dividend
Stock Price Range
Low
High
Per Share
Dividend
$
$
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.24
0.90
$
$
$
$
22.16
22.47
22.31
22.49
$
$
$
$
27.42
25.26
25.14
26.14
$
$
0.18
0.18
0.20
0.20
0.76
24
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company re-approved the stock repurchase program in August 2015 that permits the repurchase of up to 5% of the
Company’s outstanding shares of common stock or approximately 1,200,000 shares. Repurchases, which will be conducted
through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, will be made depending on market conditions and other
factors. The Company repurchased 870,450 shares of common stock at an average price of $25.99 per share during the year ended
December 31, 2015 and 38,032 shares of common stock at an average price of $23.94 per share during the year ended December
31, 2014.
Shares repurchased pursuant to the stock repurchase program during the fourth quarter of 2015 were as follows:
Total number of Shares Maximum Number that
Purchased as part of
May Yet Be Purchased
Total Number of
Average Price Paid Publicly Announced Plans
Under the Plans or
Period
Shares Purchased
per Share
or Programs
Programs
October 1, 2015 through
October 31, 2015
67,115
$26.31
67,115
1,050,723
November 1, 2015 through
November 30, 2015
-
December 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015
74,403
N/A
26.72
-
1,050,723
74,403
976,320
Total Return Comparison
The following graph and table show the cumulative total return on the common stock of the Company over the last five years,
compared with the cumulative total return of a broad stock market index (the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index or “S&P 500”), and
a narrower index of Mid-Atlantic bank holding company peers with assets of $2 billion to $7 billion. The cumulative total return
on the stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2009, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid
into the stock or the index. The graph and table were prepared assuming that $100 was invested on December 31, 2009, in the
common stock and the securities included in the indexes.
25
Total Return Performance
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
S&P 500
SASR Peer Group Index
200
175
150
125
100
e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n
I
75
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
12/31/14
12/31/15
Index
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
S&P 500
SASR Peer Group Index
Period Ending
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
12/31/14
12/31/15
100.00
100.00
100.00
97.12
102.11
79.52
110.28
118.45
98.02
164.71
156.82
129.16
157.22
178.28
134.26
168.06
180.75
151.27
*The Peer Group Index includes twenty publicly traded bank holding companies, other than the Company, headquartered in the
Mid-Atlantic region and with assets of $2 billion to $7 billion. The companies included in this index are: Bancorp, Inc. (DE);
BNC Bancorp (NC); Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (PA); Burke & Herbert Bank & Trust Company (VA); Cardinal Financial
Corporation (VA); Carter Bank & Trust (VA); City Holding Company (WV); CNB Financial Corporation (PA); CommunityOne
Bancorp (NC); ConnectOne Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Customers Bancorp, Inc. (PA); Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (MD); First Bancorp (NC);
First Commonwealth Financial Corp. (PA), First Community Bancshares, Inc. (VA); Hampton Roads Bankshares, Inc (VA);
HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. (NC); Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Metro Bancorp, Inc. (PA); NewBridge Bancorp (NC); Park
Sterling Corporaion (NC); Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NJ); Peoples Bancorp Inc. (OH); S&T Bancorp, Inc. (PA);
Southern Bancshares, Inc. (NC); Square 1 Financial, Inc. (NC); Sun Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Towne Bank (VA); TriState Capital
Holdings, Inc. (PA); Univest Company of Pennsylvania (PA); WesBanco, Inc. (WV) and Yadkin Financial Corp. (NC). Returns
are weighted according to the issuer’s stock market capitalization at the beginning of each year shown.
26
Equity Compensation Plans
The following table presents the number of shares available for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans at
December 31, 2015.
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of Weighted average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
$19.70
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
134,131
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
the first column)
1,500,000
-
134,131
-
$19.70
-
1,500,000
Plan category
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
Total
27
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Consolidated Summary of Financial Results
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Results of Operations:
Tax-equivalent interest income
Interest expense
Tax-equivalent net interest income
Tax-equivalent adjustment
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Per Share Data:
Net income - basic per share
Net income - diluted per share
Dividends declared per common share
Book value per common share
Dividends declared to diluted net income per common share
$
$
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
$
$
164,790
20,113
144,677
6,478
5,371
132,828
49,901
115,347
67,382
22,027
45,355
$
153,558
18,818
134,740
5,192
(163)
129,711
46,871
120,800
55,782
17,582
38,200
154,639
19,433
135,206
5,292
(1,084)
130,998
47,511
111,524
66,985
22,563
44,422
$
149,244
22,651
126,593
5,374
3,649
117,570
46,956
109,927
54,599
18,045
36,554
145,072
26,524
118,548
5,602
1,428
111,518
43,500
105,071
49,947
15,845
34,102
$
1.84
1.84
0.90
21.58
48.91 %
$
1.53
1.52
0.76
20.83
50.00 %
$
1.78
1.77
0.64
19.98
36.16 %
$
1.49
1.48
0.48
19.41
32.43 %
1.42
1.41
0.34
18.52
24.11 %
Period End Balances:
Assets
Investment securities
Loans and leases
Deposits
Borrowings
Stockholders’ equity
Average Balances:
Assets
Investment securities
Loans and leases
Deposits
Borrowings
Stockholders’ equity
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
Return on average common equity
Yield on average interest-earning assets
Rate on average interest-bearing liabilities
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
Efficiency ratio – GAAP (1)
Efficiency ratio – Non-GAAP (1)
Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 leverage
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Total regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets
Tangible common equity to tangible assets - Non-GAAP (2)
Average equity to average assets
Credit Quality Ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to loans and leases
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
$ 4,655,380
841,650
3,495,370
3,263,730
829,145
524,427
$ 4,397,132
933,619
3,127,392
3,066,509
764,432
521,751
$ 4,106,100
1,016,609
2,784,266
2,877,225
703,842
499,363
$ 3,955,206
1,075,032
2,531,128
2,913,034
526,987
483,512
$ 3,711,370
1,164,699
2,239,692
2,656,520
584,021
446,109
$ 4,486,453
883,143
3,276,610
3,184,359
735,474
519,671
$ 4,194,206
977,730
2,917,514
2,986,213
662,111
514,207
$ 4,007,411
1,063,247
2,642,872
2,889,875
595,842
487,836
$ 3,780,084
1,062,377
2,415,459
2,777,098
510,704
465,719
$ 3,581,566
1,129,981
2,161,759
2,614,220
518,784
422,681
1.01 %
8.73
3.91
0.70
3.21
3.44
61.32
61.09
10.60 %
12.17
13.13
14.25
9.66
11.58
1.17 %
0.99
0.80
0.07
0.91 %
7.43
3.93
0.69
3.24
3.45
68.47
62.48
11.26 %
n.a
13.95
15.06
10.15
12.26
1.21 %
1.09
0.85
0.03
1.11 %
9.11
4.15
0.74
3.41
3.63
62.86
60.06
11.32 %
n.a
14.42
15.65
10.37
12.17
1.39 %
1.44
1.01
0.12
0.97 %
7.85
4.24
0.89
3.35
3.60
65.36
60.94
10.98 %
n.a
14.15
15.40
9.94
12.32
1.70 %
2.29
1.61
0.42
0.95 %
8.07
4.37
1.06
3.31
3.57
67.16
63.75
10.84 %
n.a
14.57
15.83
9.68
11.80
2.21 %
3.53
2.25
0.66
(1)
(2)
See the discussion of the efficiency ratio in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Operating
Expense Performance.”
See the discussion of tangible common equity in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Tangible
Common Equity.”
28
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Overview
Net income for Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled
$45.4 million ($1.84 per diluted share), compared to net income of $38.2 million ($1.52 per diluted share) for the prior year.
These results reflect the following events:
• Total loans at December 31, 2015 increased 12% compared to the balance at December 31, 2014 due primarily to a 15%
increase in commercial loans. Overall the entire portfolio grew $368 million over the prior year.
• Combined noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing transaction account balances increased 3% to $1.6 billion at
December 31, 2015 as compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2014.
• The provision for loan and lease losses was a charge of $5.4 million for 2015 compared to a credit of $0.2 million for
2014. The increase in the provision in 2015 was due primarily to loan growth during the year.
• The net interest margin decreased to 3.44% in 2015 compared to 3.45% in 2014.
• Non-interest income increased 6% for 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases in wealth management income, income
from mortgage banking activities and other non-interest income.
• Non-interest expenses decreased 5% for 2015 compared to the prior year due primarily to the recapture of $4.5 million in
litigation expenses resulting from the settlement of litigation related to an adverse jury verdict and the accrual of $6.5
million in such expenses in 2014. This credit was somewhat offset by a charitable contribution of $1 million to the Sandy
Spring Bank Foundation in the fourth quarter of 2015. Excluding the accrued litigation expenses in 2014 and the
subsequent recapture and the charitable contribution in 2015, non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31,
2015 increased 3% over the prior year.
In 2015, the Mid-Atlantic region in which the Company operates continued to show consistent economic improvement. While the
national economy slowly improved throughout the year, international economic concerns together with volatile stock prices
impeded both the regional and national economic outlook. Positive trends in housing, consumer spending and unemployment
have been offset by concerns over a lack of wage growth and the strength of the dollar compared to other major currencies. These
factors have caused uncertainty on the part of both large and small businesses and have thus suppressed economic activity.
Slowing economic growth and stock market declines in China together with continuing unrest in the Middle East and its effect on
the European Union countries have served as underlying volatility factors in financial markets. With state and municipal budget
challenges across the country, these factors have caused enough economic uncertainty, particularly among individual consumers
and small and medium-sized businesses, to suppress confidence and thus constrain the pace of economic expansion. Despite this
challenging business environment, the Company has experienced healthy loan growth while maintaining strong levels of liquidity,
capital and credit quality.
The net interest margin decreased to 3.44% in 2015 compared to 3.45% for 2014. Average loans increased 13%, compared to the
prior year, while average total deposits increased 7% compared to 2014. Liquidity remained strong due to borrowing lines with
the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and the Federal Reserve and the size and composition of the investment portfolio.
At December 31, 2015, the Bank remained above all “well-capitalized” regulatory requirement levels. In addition, tangible book
value per common share increased 4% to $18.17 from $17.48 at December 31, 2014.
The Company’s credit quality remained strong as non-performing assets totaled to $37.2 million at December 31, 2015 compared
to $37.2 million at December 31, 2014 as an increase in non-performing residential mortgage loans was offset by a decline in
non-performing commercial loans. Non-performing assets represented 0.80% of total assets at December 31, 2015 compared to
0.85% at December 31, 2014. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases was 0.07% for 2015, compared to 0.03%
for the prior year.
29
Total assets at December 31, 2015 increased 6% compared to December 31, 2014. Loan balances increased 12% compared to the
prior year end due to increases of 8% in residential mortgage and construction loans, 15% in commercial loans and 6% in
consumer loans. The growth in commercial loans was driven by double digit increases in all four major commercial loan
categories while the growth in consumer loans was due to an increase of 6% in home equity lines of credit. The increase in
mortgage loans was due primarily to growth in conventional fixed rate mortgage loans. Customer funding sources, which include
deposits plus other short-term borrowings from core customers, increased 7% compared to balances at December 31, 2014. The
increase in customer funding sources was driven primarily by increases of 14% in certificates of deposit and 8% in money market
accounts. The Company continued to manage its net interest margin, by utilizing less costly short-term FHLB borrowings during
this extended period of historically low interest rates. This effect on the net interest margin was somewhat offset by increased
rates offered on certificates of deposit and money market accounts to retain these deposit relationships in the expectation of higher
interest rates. During the same period, stockholders’ equity increased to $524 million due to net income in 2015 which effect was
largely offset by dividends paid to stockholders and stock repurchases during 2015.
Net interest income increased 7% compared to the prior year due to the effects of 7% growth in average interest-earning assets and a
12% increase in average noninterest-bearing deposits.
Non-interest income increased 6% in 2015 compared to 2014. The primary drivers of non-interest income in 2015 compared to 2014
were increases in wealth management income due to increased assets under management, income from mortgage banking activities
due to higher loan origination volumes and other non-interest income due to higher gains on sales of SBA loans and an increase in
loan prepayment fees.
Non-interest expenses decreased 5% in 2015 compared to the prior year due primarily to litigation expenses related to an adverse
jury verdict that were accrued in 2014 and partially recaptured in 2015. Excluding these litigation expenses and a $1 million
charitable contribution in the fourth quarter of 2015, non-interest expenses increased 3% over 2014. This increase was driven
primarily by higher salaries and benefits and other non-interest expenses.
Critical Accounting Policies
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) in the United States of America and follow general practices within the banking industry. Application of these
principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the
date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements may reflect different estimates,
assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently rely to a greater extent on the use of estimates, assumptions, and
judgments and as such may have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally
reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair
value. A decline in the value of assets required to be recorded at fair value will warrant an impairment write-down or valuation
allowance to be established. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.
The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on
quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when readily available. Management believes the following
accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results:
• Allowance for loan and lease losses;
• Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment;
• Accounting for income taxes;
• Fair value measurements;
• Defined benefit pension plan.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate of the probable losses that are inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the
balance sheet date. The allowance is based on the basic principle that a loss be accrued when it is probable that the loss has
occurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
30
Management believes that the allowance is adequate. However, its determination requires significant judgment, and estimates of
probable losses in the lending portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses
available information to recognize probable losses, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on
changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, resulting from
changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and
independent consultants engaged by the Company periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and the allowance. Such
reviews may result in additional provisions based on their judgments of information available at the time of each examination.
The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses has two basic components: a general allowance (ASC 450 reserves) reflecting
historical losses by loan category, as adjusted by several factors whose effects are not reflected in historical loss ratios, and
specific allowances (ASC 310 reserves) for individually identified loans. Each of these components, and the allowance
methodology used to establish them, are described in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this report. The amount of the allowance is reviewed monthly by the Risk Committee of the board of directors and
formally approved quarterly by that same committee of the board.
General allowances are based upon historical loss experience by portfolio segment measured over the prior eight quarters and
weighted equally. The historical loss experience is supplemented to address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan
portfolio including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans;
changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio;
changes in the categories of loans comprising the loan portfolio;
concentrations of loans to specific industry segments;
changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level;
changes in the Company’s credit administration and loan portfolio management processes; and
quality of the Company’s credit risk identification processes.
The general allowance comprised 92% of the total allowance at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The general
allowance is calculated in two parts based on an internal risk classification of loans within each portfolio segment. Allowances on
loans considered to be “criticized” and “classified” under regulatory guidance are calculated separately from loans considered to
be “pass” rated under the same guidance. This segregation allows the Company to monitor the allowance applicable to higher
risk loans separate from the remainder of the portfolio in order to better manage risk and ensure the sufficiency of the allowance
for loan and lease losses.
The portion of the allowance representing specific allowances is established on individually impaired loans. As a practical
expedient, for collateral dependent loans, the Company measures impairment based on fair value of the collateral less costs to sell
the underlying collateral. For loans on which the Company has not elected to use a practical expedient to measure impairment, the
Company will measure impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective
interest rate. In determining the cash flows to be included in the discount calculation the Company considers the following
factors that combine to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses:
•
•
•
•
the borrower’s overall financial condition;
resources and payment record;
demonstrated or documented support available from financial guarantors; and
the adequacy of collateral value and the ultimate realization of that value at liquidation.
The specific allowance accounted for 8% of the total allowance at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The
estimated losses on impaired loans can differ substantially from actual losses.
31
Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset Impairment
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.
Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be
compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were
identified based upon an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair values of the reporting units exceed their
book values, no write-down of recorded goodwill is required. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an
expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. The Company tests for impairment of
goodwill as of October 1 of each year using September 30 data and again at any quarter-end if any triggering events occur during
a quarter that may affect goodwill. Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in future
operating results, adverse action by a regulator or a loss of key personnel. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires
the Company to use a degree of subjectivity.
Under current accounting guidance, the Company has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence
of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount. Based on the assessment of these qualitative factors, if it is determined that the fair value of a reporting unit
is not less than the carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment process, previously required, is unnecessary.
However, if it is determined that the carrying value exceeds the fair value the first step, described on the previous page, of the
two-step process must be performed. The Company has elected this accounting guidance with respect to its Community Banking,
Investment Management and Insurance segments. At September 30, 2015 there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill or
intangibles in any of the Company’s reporting units.
Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of
contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination
with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are reviewed for impairment annually.
These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis over varying periods that initially did not exceed
15 years.
Accounting for Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes by recording deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for
income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of
the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in
business factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the
amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods.
The Company’s accounting policy follows the prescribed authoritative guidance that a minimal probability threshold of a tax
position must be met before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The Company recognized, when applicable, interest and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in other non-interest expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Assessment of uncertain tax positions requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management’s
analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. Significant judgment may be involved in applying the applicable reporting and
accounting requirements.
Management expects that the Company’s adherence to the required accounting guidance may result in increased volatility in
quarterly and annual effective income tax rates due to the requirement that any change in judgment or measurement of a tax
position taken in a prior period be recognized as a discrete event in the period in which it occurs. Factors that could impact
management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with applicable accounting standards.
Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities available-for-sale,
residential mortgages held for sale and commercial loan interest rate swap agreements. Loans where it is probable that the
Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms are considered impaired loans and
are measured on a nonrecurring basis.
32
The Company conducts a quarterly review for all investment securities that have potential impairment to determine whether
unrealized losses are other-than-temporary. Valuations for the investment portfolio are determined using quoted market prices,
where available. If quoted market prices are not available, valuations are based on pricing models, quotes for similar investment
securities, and, where necessary, an income valuation approach based on the present value of expected cash flows. In addition, the
Company considers the financial condition of the issuer, the receipt of principal and interest according to the contractual terms
and the intent and ability of the Company to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated
recovery in fair value.
The above accounting policies with respect to fair value are discussed in further detail in “Note 20-Fair Value” to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The Company has a qualified, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. The plan was frozen for existing entrants after
December 31, 2007 and all benefit accruals for employees were frozen as of December 31, 2007 based on past service. Future
salary increases and additional years of service will no longer affect the defined benefit provided by the plan although additional
vesting may continue to occur.
Several factors affect the net periodic benefit cost of the plan, including (1) the size and characteristics of the plan population, (2)
the discount rate, (3) the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and (4) other actuarial assumptions. Pension cost is
directly related to the number of employees covered by the plan and other factors including salary, age, years of employment, and
the terms of the plan. As a result of the plan freeze, the characteristics of the plan population should not have a materially
different effect in future years. The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations. The discount
rate is determined by matching the expected cash flows of the plan to a yield curve based on long term, high quality fixed income
debt instruments available as of the measurement date, which is December 31 of each year. The discount rate is adjusted each
year on the measurement date to reflect current market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based
on a number of factors that include expectations of market performance and the target asset allocation adopted in the plan
investment policy. Should actual asset returns deviate from the projected returns, this can affect the benefit plan expense
recognized in the financial statements.
33
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES
(Dollars in thousands and tax-equivalent)
Balances
Interest
Yield/Rate
2015
Annualized
Average
(1)
Average
Year Ended December 31,
2014
Annualized
(1)
Average
Interest
Yield/Rate
2013
Annualized
(1)
Average
Interest
Yield/Rate
Average
Balances
Average
Balances
$
$
$
Assets
Residential mortgage loans (2)
Residential construction loans
Commercial ADC loans
Commercial investor real estate loans
Commercial owner occupied real estate loans
Commercial business loans
Leasing
Consumer loans
Total loans and leases (3)
Loans held for sale
Taxable securities
Tax-exempt securities (4)
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Federal funds sold
Total interest-earning assets
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses
Cash and due from banks
Premises and equipment, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing demand deposits
Regular savings deposits
Money market savings deposits
Time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Other borrowings
Advances from FHLB
Subordinated debentures
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
Net interest income and spread
Less: tax-equivalent adjustment
Net interest income
Interest income/earning assets
Interest expense/earning assets
Net interest margin
748,584 $
134,486
225,022
684,218
641,798
404,994
27
437,481
3,276,610
13,571
592,153
290,990
37,761
473
4,211,558
25,251
4,970
10,299
32,073
31,508
17,926
1
14,624
136,652
544
15,016
12,479
98
1
164,790
3.37 % $
3.70
4.58
4.69
4.91
4.43
2.50
3.37
4.17
4.01
2.54
4.29
0.26
0.23
3.91
667,735 $
142,503
178,092
579,471
585,965
358,425
308
397,595
2,910,094
7,420
676,237
301,493
33,902
474
3,929,620
22,859
5,316
8,814
28,201
28,586
16,400
17
13,176
123,369
312
16,817
12,974
85
1
153,558
3.42 % $
3.73
4.95
4.87
5.04
4.59
5.64
3.34
4.27
4.21
2.49
4.30
0.25
0.22
3.93
564,848 $
121,488
156,115
495,562
569,065
343,554
1,525
364,495
2,616,652
26,220
761,713
301,534
33,261
475
3,739,855
20,455
4,331
9,596
27,901
29,696
17,807
102
12,491
122,379
930
18,133
13,112
84
1
154,639
(38,732)
46,719
51,804
215,104
4,486,453
532,578
276,873
860,399
481,368
2,151,218
110,899
589,575
35,000
2,886,692
1,033,141
46,949
519,671
4,486,453
418
146
1,364
3,950
5,878
255
13,081
899
20,113
(38,556)
46,224
46,275
210,643
4,194,206
484,171
259,066
864,029
457,778
2,065,044
70,933
556,178
35,000
2,727,155
921,169
31,675
514,207
4,194,206
$
0.08 % $
0.05
0.16
0.82
0.27
0.23
2.22
2.57
0.70
$
425
165
1,116
3,085
4,791
164
12,982
881
18,818
(41,606)
45,836
47,244
216,082
4,007,411
438,183
238,818
879,588
490,278
2,046,867
60,249
500,593
35,000
2,642,709
843,008
33,858
487,836
4,007,411
$
0.09 % $
0.06
0.13
0.67
0.23
0.23
2.33
2.52
0.69
$
373
204
1,414
3,448
5,439
163
12,936
895
19,433
3.62 %
3.57
6.15
5.63
5.36
5.07
6.70
3.45
4.69
3.55
2.38
4.35
0.25
0.22
4.15
0.09 %
0.09
0.16
0.70
0.27
0.27
2.58
2.56
0.74
$
144,677
3.21 %
$
134,740
3.24 %
$
135,206
3.41 %
6,478
138,199
$
5,192
129,548
$
5,292
129,914
$
3.91 %
0.47
3.44 %
3.93 %
0.48
3.45 %
4.15 %
0.52
3.63 %
(1) Tax-equivalent income has been adjusted using the combined marginal federal and state rate of 39.88% for 2015, 2014 and 2013. The annualized taxable-equivalent adjustments utilized in
the above table to compute yields aggregated to $6.5 million, $5.2 million and $5.3 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale. Home equity loans and lines are classified as consumer loans.
(3) Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances.
(4) Includes only investments that are exempt from federal taxes.
34
Net Interest Income
The largest source of the Company’s operating revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned
on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. For purposes of this discussion and analysis, the
interest earned on tax-exempt investment securities has been adjusted to an amount comparable to interest subject to normal
income taxes. The result is referred to as tax-equivalent interest income and tax-equivalent net interest income. The following
discussion of net interest income should be considered in conjunction with the review of the information provided in the
preceding table.
2015 vs. 2014
Net interest income for 2015 was $138.2 million compared to $129.5 million for 2014. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest
income for 2015 was $144.7 million compared to $134.7 million for 2014. The preceding table provides an analysis of net interest
income performance that reflects a net interest margin that decreased to 3.44% for 2015 compared to 3.45% for 2014. Average
interest-earning assets increased by 7% while average interest-bearing liabilities increased 6% in 2015. Average noninterest-
bearing deposits increased 12% in 2015 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits also
increased to 32% for 2015 compared to 31% for 2014.
2014 vs. 2013
Net interest income for 2014 was $129.5 million compared to $129.9 million for 2013. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest
income for 2014 was $134.7 million compared to $135.2 million for 2013. The preceding table provides an analysis of net interest
income performance that reflects a net interest margin that decreased to 3.45% for 2014 compared to 3.63% for 2013. Average
interest-earning assets increased by 5% while average interest-bearing liabilities increased 3% in 2014. Average noninterest-
bearing deposits increased 9% in 2014 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits also
increased to 31% for 2014 compared to 29% for 2013.
Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income
The following table analyzes the reasons for the changes from year-to-year in the principal elements that comprise net interest
income:
(Dollars in thousands and tax equivalent)
Interest income from earning assets:
Loans and leases
Loans held for sale
Securities
Other earning assets
Total interest income
2015 vs. 2014
2014 vs. 2013
Increase
Increase
Or
Due to Change In Average:*
Or
Due to Change In Average:*
(Decrease)
Volume
Rate
(Decrease)
Volume
Rate
$
13,283 $
232
(2,296)
13
11,232
16,108 $
247
(2,950)
10
13,415
(2,825) $
(15)
654
3
(2,183)
990 $
(618)
(1,454)
1
(1,081)
12,771 $
(766)
(2,576)
1
9,430
(11,781)
148
1,122
-
(10,511)
Interest expense on funding of earning assets:
Interest-bearing demand deposits
Regular savings deposits
Money market savings deposits
Time deposits
Total borrowings
Total interest expense
Net interest income
$
(7)
(19)
248
865
208
1,295
9,937 $
43
10
(5)
162
1,459
1,669
11,746 $
(50)
(29)
253
703
(1,251)
(374)
(1,809) $
52
(39)
(298)
(363)
33
(615)
(466) $
58
19
(25)
(232)
1,463
1,283
8,147 $
(6)
(58)
(273)
(131)
(1,430)
(1,898)
(8,613)
* Variances that are the combined effect of volume and rate, but cannot be separately identified, are allocated to the volume and rate variances
based on their respective relative amounts.
35
Interest Income
2015 vs. 2014
The Company's total tax-equivalent interest income increased 7% for 2015 compared to the prior year. The previous table shows
that the increase in average loans and leases more than offset a continued slowing decline in earning asset yields with respect to
the loan portfolio.
In 2015, the average balance of the loan portfolio increased 13% compared to the prior year. This growth was primarily in the
commercial investor real estate and residential mortgage portfolios. These increases were driven by organic loan growth as the
regional economy improved. The yield on average loans and leases decreased by 10 basis points due to the continued prevailing
low interest rate environment as relatively higher rate loans were paid off and new loans were originated at comparatively lower
rates. The decline in the portfolio yield was driven primarily by a combined decrease of 19 basis points in the yield on the
commercial loan portfolio.
The average yield on total investment securities increased 6 basis points while the average balance of the portfolio decreased 10%
in 2015 compared to 2014. The increase in the yield on investments was due primarily to a 5 basis point increase in the yield on
the much larger taxable securities portfolio due to amortization and calls.
2014 vs. 2013
The Company's total tax-equivalent interest income decreased 1% for 2014 compared to the prior year. During 2013, the
Company experienced interest recoveries of $3.7 million from the resolution of two commercial real estate loans. Excluding such
interest recoveries, total tax-equivalent interest income increased 2% for 2014 compared to the prior year. Adjusted for such
recoveries, the previous table shows that the increase in average loans and leases more than offset a continued slowing decline in
earning asset yields with respect to the loan portfolio which would have resulted in an increase in total tax-equivalent interest
income.
In 2014, the average balance of the loan portfolio increased 11% compared to the prior year. This growth was primarily in the
commercial investor real estate, consumer and residential mortgage portfolios. These increases were driven by organic loan
growth as the regional economy slowly improved. The yield on average loans and leases decreased by 42 basis points due to the
continued prevailing low interest rate environment as relatively higher rate loans were paid off and new loans were originated at
comparatively lower rates. The decline in the portfolio yield was driven primarily by a combined decrease of 13 basis points in
the yield in the residential mortgage portfolio together with a decrease of 11 basis points in the yield in the overall consumer loan
portfolio, while the yield on the commercial loan portfolio decreased 58 basis points. The decrease in the yield on the commercial
loan portfolio was due to the interest recoveries in 2013. Excluding such recoveries, the yield on the commercial portfolio would
have decreased 35 basis points.
The average yield on total investment securities increased 11 basis points while the average balance of the portfolio decreased 8%
in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in the yield on investments was due primarily to a decline in the relative size of the
lower-yielding mortgage-backed securities portfolio and an increase in the relative size of the state and municipal portfolio as the
size of the overall portfolio decreased to fund loan growth.
Interest Expense
2015 vs. 2014
Interest expense increased by $1.3 million or 7% in 2015 compared to 2014. The increase in expense was due to the cost of
interest-bearing deposits increasing primarily due to higher rates offered on certificates of deposit together with growth in the
average balances, while the increase in the average balances of Federal Home Loan Bank advances was largely offset by an 11
basis point decrease in the average rates paid. Average deposits increased 7% in 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was
primarily due to increases of $160 million or 11% in average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts together
with an increase of $18 million or 7% in regular savings accounts and $24 million or 5% in certificates of deposit as the Company
offered higher rates on certificates of deposit to fund loan growth. Average balances of money market accounts remained
virtually level in 2015 compared to 2014.
36
2014 vs. 2013
Interest expense decreased by $0.6 million or 3% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily as a result of a 5 basis point decrease in
the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Deposit activity during 2014 continued to be driven by clients’ emphasis on
safety and liquidity as average total deposits increased 3% for the year compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily
due to increases of $124 million or 10% in average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts together with an
increase of $20 million or 8% in regular savings accounts as clients kept funds in short-term instruments to preserve liquidity.
This growth was partially offset by a decrease in average certificates of deposit of $33 million or 7% in 2014 compared to 2013.
This decrease was primarily due to a decline in the rates offered on certificates in an effort to preserve the Company’s net interest
margin during this extended period of historically low interest rates. In addition, the average rate paid on advances from the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta decreased 25 basis points for 2014 compared to 2013 due to the restructuring of $50 million
of such advances into longer term, lower rate instruments during the first half of 2013 and due to an increase in short-term
advances to take advantage of current low interest rates. Average balances of money market accounts decreased 2% in 2014
compared to 2013 as clients generally maintained liquidity as mentioned on the previous page.
Interest Rate Performance
2015 vs. 2014
The Company’s net interest margin decreased to 3.44% for 2015 compared to 3.45% for 2014 while the net interest spread
decreased to 3.21% in 2015 compared to 3.24% in 2014. This decrease was due to the effect of lower rates on interest-earning
assets which more than offset the effect of loan growth. In addition, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased due primarily
to the higher cost of deposits as the Company raised rates to maintain deposit balances to fund loan growth.
2014 vs. 2013
The Company’s net interest margin decreased to 3.45% for 2014 compared to 3.63% for 2013 while the net interest spread
decreased to 3.24% in 2014 compared to 3.41% in 2013. The decrease in both the net interest margin and net interest spread was
due in part, to the interest recoveries in 2013 on previously non-performing loans previously mentioned. Excluding these
recoveries, the net interest margin and net interest spread for 2013 were 3.53% and 3.31%, respectively. Excluding the interest
recoveries, the decrease in the net interest margin was caused by the effect of lower rates on interest-earning assets which more
than offset the loan growth during the year.
37
Non-interest Income
Non-interest income amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities gains
Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage banking activities
$
Wealth management income
S
Insurance agency commissions
M
Income from bank owned life insurance
Visa check fees
Letter of credit fees
Extension fees
Other income
Total non-interest income
$
2015
2014
2013
$ Change
% Change
$ Change
% Change
2015/2014
2015/2014
2014/2013
2014/2013
36 $
7,607
3,114
19,931
5,176
2,571
4,652
790
503
5,521
49,901 $
5 $
8,422
1,994
19,086
4,996
2,444
4,439
706
560
4,219
46,871 $
115 $
8,533
3,094
17,585
4,821
2,499
4,165
881
558
5,260
47,511 $
31
(815)
1,120
845
180
127
213
84
(57)
1,302
3,030
- % $
(9.7)
56.2
4.4
3.6
5.2
4.8
11.9
(10.2)
30.9
6.5
$
(110)
(111)
(1,100)
1,501
175
(55)
274
(175)
2
(1,041)
(640)
(95.7) %
(1.3)
(35.6)
8.5
3.6
(2.2)
6.6
(19.9)
0.4
(19.8)
(1.3)
2015 vs. 2014
Total non-interest income was $49.9 million for 2015 compared to $46.9 million for 2014. The primary drivers of non-interest
income for 2015 were increases in wealth management income, income from mortgage banking activities and other non-interest
income.
Income from mortgage banking activities increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to higher loan origination volumes from
refinancing activity. Other non-interest income also increased during the current year compared to the prior year due mainly to gains
on sales of SBA loans and loan prepayment fees.
Wealth management income is comprised of income from trust and estate services, investment management fees earned by West
Financial Services, the Company’s investment management subsidiary, and fees on sales on investment products and services. Trust
services fees increased 8% compared to the prior year, due to higher one-time fees while assets under management remained level
during the year. Investment management fees in West Financial Services increased 5% for 2015 compared to 2014, due to higher
assets under management during the year. Fees on sales of investment products and services decreased 6% for the year due to a
decrease in income from sales of insurance policies and other financial products in the current year and a decline in assets under
management. Overall total assets under management remained level at $2.8 billion at both December 31, 2015 and December 31,
2014 as a result of market movements that offset additions from new and existing clients.
Insurance agency commissions increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to higher income from physicians’ liability
policies.
Service charges on deposits decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to a decline in overdraft fees.
Income from bank owned life insurance increased in 2015 compared to the prior year due to policy proceeds recognized in the first
quarter of 2015. The Company invests in bank owned life insurance products in order to manage the cost of employee benefit plans.
Investments totaled $90.9 million at December 31, 2015 and $88.7 million at December 31, 2014 and were well diversified by carrier
in accordance with defined policies and practices. The average tax-equivalent yield on these insurance contract assets was 4.76% for
2015 compared to 4.63% for the prior year.
No net OTTI losses were recognized in earnings in 2015 and 2014. The Company recognized net securities gains, which resulted
primarily from securities calls during the period.
38
2014 vs. 2013
Total non-interest income was $46.9 million for 2014 compared to $47.5 million for 2013. The primary drivers of non-interest
income for 2014 were decreases in income from mortgage banking activities and other non-interest income, which were largely
offset by an increase in wealth management income. Income from mortgage banking activities decreased in 2014 compared to 2013
due primarily to reduced loan origination volumes from refinancing activity. Other non-interest income also decreased during the
current year compared to the prior year due mainly to gains on sales and dispositions of loans and fixed assets, a non-recurring legal
settlement and recovery of fees on non-performing loans mentioned previously, all of which occurred in the prior year. Wealth
management income increased over the prior year due to higher assets under management resulting from market activity and the
addition of new clients. Insurance agency commissions increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due primarily to higher contingency
revenue based on policy performance. Service charges on deposits decreased in 2014 compared to 2013 due primarily to a decline
in overdraft fees. Income from bank owned life insurance decreased in 2014 compared to the prior year due to the decline in the
interest rates paid on these policies. No net OTTI losses were recognized in earnings in 2014 and 2013. The Company recognized
net securities gains, which resulted primarily from securities calls during the period.
Non-interest Expense
Non-interest expense amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:
$
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense of premises
Equipment expenses
Marketing
Outside data services
FDIC insurance
Amortization of intangible assets
Litigation expenses
Professional fees
Other real estate owned
Postage and delivery
Communications
Other expenses
Total non-interest expense
$
2015
2014
2013
$ Change
% Change
$ Change
% Change
2015/2014
2015/2014
2014/2013
2014/2013
71,003 $
12,809
6,071
2,896
5,023
2,491
372
(3,869)
4,819
76
1,173
1,587
10,896
115,347 $
66,387 $
13,692
5,188
2,926
4,947
2,302
821
6,519
4,544
100
1,286
1,507
10,581
120,800 $
65,598 $
13,171
4,940
2,880
4,580
2,300
1,845
-
4,479
(303)
1,299
1,606
9,129
111,524 $
4,616
(883)
883
(30)
76
189
(449)
(10,388)
275
(24)
(113)
80
315
(5,453)
7.0 % $
(6.4)
17.0
(1.0)
1.5
8.2
(54.7)
(159.3)
6.1
(24.0)
(8.8)
5.3
3.0
(4.5)
$
789
521
248
46
367
2
(1,024)
6,519
65
403
(13)
(99)
1,452
9,276
1.2 %
4.0
5.0
1.6
8.0
0.1
(55.5)
-
1.5
(133.0)
(1.0)
(6.2)
15.9
8.3
2015 vs. 2014
Non-interest expenses totaled $115.3 million in 2015 compared to $120.8 million in 2014. This decrease in expenses was driven
primarily by the impact of a $6.5 million accrual for litigation expenses related to an adverse jury verdict in 2014 and a $4.5
million recapture of such accrual due to its settlement in the fourth quarter of 2015. The current year also included a $1.0 million
charitable contribution to the Sandy Spring Bank Foundation. Excluding this accrual and its related recapture and the charitable
contribution, non-interest expenses increased 3% in 2015 compared to 2014.
Salaries and employee benefits, the largest component of non-interest expenses, increased in 2015 due primarily to higher
compensation expenses as a result of merit increases, an increase in pension expense due to a change in the discount rate
assumptions and a lower return on plan assets and an increase in health insurance expense due to higher claims experience. The
average number of full-time equivalent employees was 721 in 2015 compared to 719 for 2014.
Occupancy expenses decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to higher rental expenses in the fourth quarter of 2014 resulting
from the closure of two branches and relocation of a third branch. Equipment expenses increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due
to higher software amortization expense.
FDIC insurance expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due a 6% increase in total assets.
Amortization of intangible assets decreased due to the costs of prior year acquisitions being fully amortized during the year.
39
Litigation expenses decreased due to the settlement of all claims that were the subject of an adverse jury verdict originally
rendered in 2014.
Professional fees increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to higher consulting and other professional fees.
Expenses for marketing, outside data services, other real estate owned and other non-interest expenses remained essentially
unchanged for 2015 compared to the prior year.
2014 vs. 2013
Non-interest expenses increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due primarily to the impact of $6.5 million in accrued litigation
expenses related to an adverse jury verdict in a particular legal action in 2014. Excluding such expenses, non-interest expenses
increased 3% over the prior year. This increase was a result of higher salary and benefits expenses due to a larger staff which was
partially offset by lower pension expense due to a change in interest rate assumptions. Occupancy expenses increased in 2014
compared to 2013 due to higher rental expense resulting from expenses incurred for the relocation of the Company’s Columbia
operations center. In addition, grounds maintenance expenses increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due to weather related
expenses. Equipment expenses increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due to higher software amortization expense. Outside data
services expenses increased in 2014 compared to the prior year due primarily to implementation of new systems in 2014. Other
real estate owned expenses decreased compared to the prior year due to the decline in the number of real estate owned properties
and gains on the sales of several properties. Other non-interest expenses increased in 2014 compared to the prior year due mainly
to an increase in fraudulent bankcard transaction activity.
Operating Expense Performance
Management views the GAAP efficiency ratio as an important financial measure of expense performance and cost management.
The ratio expresses the level of non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total non-interest
income). Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The Company also uses a traditional efficiency ratio that is a non-GAAP financial measure of operating expense control and
efficiency of operations. Management believes that its traditional ratio better focuses attention on the operating performance of
the Company over time than does a GAAP ratio, and is highly useful in comparing period-to-period operating performance of the
Company’s core business operations. It is used by management as part of its assessment of its performance in managing non-
interest expenses. However, this measure is supplemental, and is not a substitute for an analysis of performance based on GAAP
measures. The reader is cautioned that the non-GAAP efficiency ratio used by the Company may not be comparable to GAAP or
non-GAAP efficiency ratios reported by other financial institutions.
In general, the efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income. Non-
interest expenses used in the calculation of the non-GAAP efficiency ratio exclude goodwill impairment losses, the amortization
of intangibles, and non-recurring expenses. Income for the non-GAAP ratio includes the favorable effect of tax-exempt income,
and excludes securities gains and losses, which vary widely from period to period without appreciably affecting operating
expenses, and non-recurring gains. The measure is different from the GAAP efficiency ratio, which also is presented in this
report. The GAAP measure is calculated using non-interest expense and income amounts as shown on the face of the
Consolidated Statements of Income. The GAAP and non-GAAP efficiency ratios are reconciled and provided in the following
table. Both the GAAP and non-GAAP efficiency ratios improved in 2015 compared to the prior year due primarily to the
recapture of accrued litigation expenses discussed previously together with an increase in net interest income resulting from loan
growth.
In addition, the Company excludes certain specific expenses from net income as a measure of the level of recurring income before
taxes. Management believes this provides financial statement users with a useful metric of the run-rate of revenues and expenses
which is readily comparable to other financial institutions. This measure is calculated by adding (subtracting) the provision
(credit) for loan and lease losses, the provision for income taxes and merger expenses back to net income. This metric increased in
2015 compared to the prior year due primarily to the litigation expense recapture mentioned above and higher net interest income.
40
GAAP and Non-GAAP Efficiency Ratios
(Dollars in thousands)
Pre-tax pre-provision pre-merger expense income:
Net income (loss)
Plus Non-GAAP adjustment:
Litigation expenses
Merger expenses
Income taxes
Provision for loan and lease losses
Pre-tax pre-provision pre-merger expense income
$
2015
Year ended December 31,
2013
2014
2012
2011
$
45,355 $
38,200 $
44,422 $
36,554 $
34,102
(3,869)
-
22,027
5,371
68,884 $
6,519
-
17,582
(163)
62,138 $
-
-
22,563
(1,084)
65,901 $
-
2,500
18,045
3,649
60,748 $
-
-
15,845
1,428
51,375
GAAP efficiency ratio:
Non-interest expenses
$
115,347 $
120,800 $
111,524 $
109,927 $
105,071
Net interest income plus non-interest income
$
188,100 $
176,419 $
177,425 $
168,175 $
156,446
GAAP efficiency ratio
61.32%
68.47%
62.86%
65.36%
67.16%
Non-GAAP efficiency ratio:
Non-interest expenses
Less Non-GAAP adjustment:
Amortization of intangible assets
Litigation expenses
Merger expenses
Non-interest expenses - as adjusted
Net interest income plus non-interest income
Plus Non-GAAP adjustment:
Tax-equivalent income
Less Non-GAAP adjustments:
Securities gains
OTTI recognized in earnings
$
115,347 $
120,800 $
111,524 $
109,927 $
105,071
372
(3,869)
-
821
6,519
-
1,845
-
-
$
118,844 $
113,460 $
109,679 $
1,881
-
2,500
105,546 $
1,845
-
-
103,226
$
188,100 $
176,419 $
177,425 $
168,175 $
156,446
6,478
5,192
5,292
5,374
5,602
Net interest income plus non-interest income - as adjusted $
194,542 $
181,606 $
182,602 $
36
-
5
-
115
-
459
(109)
173,199 $
292
(160)
161,916
Non-GAAP efficiency ratio
61.09%
62.48%
60.06%
60.94%
63.75%
Income Taxes
The Company had income tax expense of $22.0 million in 2015, compared to expense of $17.6 million in 2014 and $22.6 million
in 2013. The resulting effective rates were 33% for 2015, 32% for 2014 and 34% for 2013. The effective rate decreased in 2015
compared to 2014 due to tax exempt income comprising a greater proportion of income before taxes in 2015. The increase in the
effective rate in 2014 compared to 2013 was due to tax exempt comprising a lower proportion of income before taxes in 2014
compared to 2013.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
The Company's total assets were $4.7 billion at December 31, 2015, increasing $258 million or 6% compared to $4.4 billion at
December 31, 2014. Interest-earning assets increased $263 million to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2015 compared to December
31, 2014. The increase in interest-earning assets was primarily due to organic loan growth during 2015.
41
Loans and Leases
A comparison of loan portfolio for the years indicated is presented in the following table:
$
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial owner occupied real estate
Commercial investor real estate
Commercial acquisition, development and construction
Commercial Business
Leases
Consumer
December 31,
2015
2014
Year-to-Year Change
Amount
%
Amount
%
$ Change
% Change
796,358
129,281
22.8 % $
3.7
717,886
136,741
22.9 % $
4.4
78,472
(7,460)
10.9 %
(5.5)
678,027
719,084
255,980
465,765
-
450,875
19.4
20.6
7.3
13.3
-
12.9
611,061
640,193
205,124
390,781
54
425,552
19.5
20.5
6.6
12.5
-
13.6
66,966
78,891
50,856
74,984
(54)
25,323
11.0
12.3
24.8
19.2
(100.0)
6.0
Total loans and leases
$ 3,495,370
100.0 % $ 3,127,392
100.0 % $ 367,978
11.8
Total loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, increased $368 million or 12% at December 31, 2015 compared to
December 31, 2014. The commercial loan portfolio increased by 15% to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2015 compared to the prior
year end due to double-digit increases in all four categories of commercial loans. These increases reflect an improving economy
and the Company’s increased emphasis on growth in its commercial portfolio.
The residential real estate portfolio, which is comprised of residential construction and permanent residential mortgage loans,
reflected an 8% increase at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. Permanent residential mortgages, most of which
are 1-4 family, increased 11% due to higher loan origination volumes of both fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgage loans. The
Company generally retains adjustable rate mortgages in its portfolio. During the past year, the Company also elected to retain in
its portfolio a substantial portion of its fixed rate mortgage originations to low and moderate income borrowers while selling the
remainder in the secondary mortgage market. Residential construction loans decreased 5% at December 31, 2015 compared to the
balance at December 31, 2014 due to competition in the marketplace and the timing of construction advances.
The consumer loan portfolio increased by 6% to $451 million at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 due to
growth in home equity lines of credit as the Company continued to actively promote this product line during the past year.
Analysis of Loans and Leases
The trends in the composition of the loan and lease portfolio over the previous five years are presented in following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial investor
Commercial AD&C
Commercial business
Leases
Consumer
Total loans and leases
2015
%
2014
%
2013
%
2012
%
2011
%
$
796,358
129,281
22.8 % $
3.7
717,886
136,741
22.9 % $
4.4
618,381
129,177
22.2 % $
4.7
523,364
120,314
20.7 % $
4.8
448,662
108,699
20.0 %
4.9
December 31,
678,027
719,084
255,980
465,765
-
450,875
611,061
640,193
205,124
390,781
54
425,552
3,495,370 100.0 % $ 3,127,392
19.4
20.6
7.3
13.3
-
12.9
$
592,823
19.5
552,178
20.5
160,696
6.6
356,651
12.5
703
-
13.6
373,657
100.0 % $ 2,784,266 100.0 % $
21.3
19.8
5.8
12.8
-
13.4
571,510
456,888
151,933
346,708
3,421
356,990
22.6
18.0
6.0
13.7
0.1
14.1
522,076
371,948
160,946
260,327
6,954
360,080
23.3
16.6
7.2
11.6
0.3
16.1
2,531,128 100.0 % $
2,239,692 100.0 %
42
Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity
Loan maturities and interest rate characteristics for specific lending portfolios is presented in the following table:
(In thousands)
Residential construction loans
Commercial AD&C loans
Commercial business loans (1)
Total
Rate Terms:
Fixed
Variable or adjustable
Total
(1) Loans not secured by real estate
At December 31, 2015
Remaining Maturities of Selected Credits in Years
1 or less
Over 1-5
Over 5
Total
$
$
$
$
106,157
216,948
298,610
621,715
91,347
530,368
621,715
$
$
$
$
20,314
24,764
128,157
173,235
108,235
65,000
173,235
$
$
$
$
2,810
14,268
38,998
56,076
39,302
16,774
56,076
$
$
$
$
129,281
255,980
465,765
851,026
238,884
612,142
851,026
Investment Securities
The investment portfolio, consisting of available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and other equity securities, decreased 10% to $842
million at December 31, 2015, from $934 million at December 31, 2014.
Composition of Investment Securities
The composition of investment securities for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale: (1)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed (2)
Corporate debt
Trust preferred
Marketable equity securities
Total available-for-sale securities(3)
Held-to-Maturity and Other Equity
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed (2)
Corporate debt
Other equity securities
Total held-to-maturity and other equity
Total Securities(3)
(1) At estimated fair value.
(2)
(3)
2015
%
2014
%
2013
%
December 31,
$
$
108,400
164,707
316,696
-
1,023
1,223
592,049
56,460
149,537
168
2,100
41,336
249,601
841,650
12.9 % $
19.6
37.6
-
0.1
0.1
70.3
6.7
17.8
-
0.3
4.9
29.7
100.0 % $
141,679
167,052
361,519
-
1,236
723
672,209
64,512
155,261
200
-
41,437
261,410
933,619
15.2 % $
17.9
38.7
-
0.1
0.1
72.0
139,466
165,428
442,250
2,004
1,413
723
751,284
13.7 %
16.3
43.5
0.2
0.1
-
73.8
6.9
16.6
-
-
4.5
28.0
64,505
159,889
244
-
40,687
265,325
100.0 % $ 1,016,609
6.4
15.8
-
-
4.0
26.2
100.0 %
Issued by a U. S. Government Agency or secured by U.S. Government Agency collateral.
The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Government Agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31,
2015, 2014 or 2013.
Available-for-sale securities decreased 12% due to amortization of mortgage-backed securities and calls of other investments,
while held-to-maturity and other equity securities decreased 5% due to calls and maturities. The overall investment portfolio
decreased as the Company funded loan growth together with deposit growth and increased short-term borrowings at historically
low rates to maintain the net interest margin.
43
The investment portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Agency securities, U.S. Agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Agency
collateralized mortgage obligations and state and municipal securities. The duration of the portfolio was 3.3 years at December
31, 2015 and 3.4 years at December 31, 2014. The Company considers the duration of the portfolio to be adequate for liquidity
purposes. This has resulted in a portfolio with low credit risk that would provide the required liquidity needed to meet increased
loan demand. The portfolio is monitored on a continuing basis with consideration given to interest rate trends and the structure of
the yield curve and with constant assessment of economic projections and analysis.
Maturities and weighted average yields for investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2015 are
presented in the following table. Amounts appear in the table at amortized cost, without market value adjustments, by stated
maturity.
Maturity of Investment Securities
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale (1)
U. S. government agencies
and corporations
State and municipal (2)
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Total
Held-to-Maturity (1)
U. S. government agencies
and corporations
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Corporate debt
Total
$
$
$
$
Years to Maturity at December 31, 2015
Within
One Year or Less
Amount
Yield
After One Year
Through Five years
Yield
Amount
After Five Years
Through Ten Years
Amount
Yield
Over Ten Years
Amount
Yield
Total
Yield
-
301
-
-
301
-
845
-
-
845
- % $
5.05
-
-
5.05
$
79,610
58,047
20,053
-
157,710
1.80 % $
4.48
3.32
-
2.98
$
29,992
94,608
43,536
-
168,136
2.01 % $
4.79
2.80
-
3.78
$
-
3,446
249,257
1,089
253,792
- % $
3.72
2.45
9.25
2.50
$
109,602
156,402
312,846
1,089
579,939
1.86 %
4.65
2.55
9.25
3.00
- % $
4.89
-
-
4.89
$
-
19,213
4
-
19,217
- % $
4.38
5.98
-
4.38
$
56,460
104,558
7
2,100
163,125
2.03 % $
4.01
5.97
7.00
3.37
$
-
24,921
157
-
25,078
- % $
3.56
5.56
-
3.57
$
56,460
149,537
168
2,100
208,265
2.03 %
3.99
5.59
7.00
3.49
(1) At cost, adjusted for amortization and accretion of purchase premiums and discounts, respectively.
(2) Yields on state and municipal securities have been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis using the applicable federal income tax rate of 35%.
Other Earning Assets
Residential mortgage loans held for sale increased $5 million to $15 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $10 million as of
December 31, 2014 due to continued low market interest rates. The aggregate of federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits
with banks decreased $17 million to $26 million in 2015.
44
Deposits
The composition of deposits for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:
December 31,
2015
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand
Money market savings
Regular savings
Time deposits of less than $100,000
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
Total interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Amount
$ 1,001,841
570,333
898,655
284,457
248,172
260,272
2,261,889
$ 3,263,730
%
Amount
%
30.7 % $
993,737
32.4 % $
8,104
Year-to-Year Change
$ Change
% Change
0.8 %
534,605
17.5
828,494
27.5
264,751
8.7
239,857
7.6
205,065
8.0
2,072,772
69.3
100.0 % $ 3,066,509
17.4
27.0
8.6
7.8
6.8
67.6
35,728
70,161
19,706
8,315
55,207
189,117
100.0 % $ 197,221
6.7
8.5
7.4
3.5
26.9
9.1
6.4
Deposits and Borrowings
Total deposits increased $197 million or 6% at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. The primary drivers of this
increase were increases of 8% in money market savings accounts, 14% in certificates of deposit and 7% in regular savings
accounts compared to the prior year. In addition, combined noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts increased
3% over 2014. The increases in regular savings and money market deposit products can be attributed primarily to clients’
emphasis on safety and liquidity considering the current extended period of low interest rates and the volatility of alternative
investments. The increase in certificates of deposit occurred as the Company began to offer higher rates to manage its funding of
the growth in the loan portfolio and to maintain multiple product relationships. Total borrowings increased 8% at December 31,
2015 compared to December 31, 2014. This increase was due primarily to growth in retail repurchase agreements and the
Company’s decision to take advantage of extraordinarily low short-term interest rates to fund loan originations with short-term
FHLB advances.
Capital Management
Management monitors historical and projected earnings, dividends and asset growth, as well as risks associated with the various
types of on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities, in order to determine appropriate capital levels. During 2015, total
stockholders' equity increased to $524 million at December 31, 2015, from $522 million at December 31, 2014. This increase was
due primarily to net income during the year which was offset by dividends and stock repurchases. The ratio of average equity to
average assets was 11.58% for 2015, as compared to 12.26% for 2014.
Bank holding companies and banks are required to maintain capital ratios in accordance with guidelines adopted by the federal
bank regulators. These guidelines are commonly known as Risk-Based Capital guidelines. The actual regulatory ratios and
required ratios for capital adequacy, in addition to the ratios required to be categorized as “well capitalized”, are summarized for
the Company in the following table.
Risk-Based Capital Ratios
45
Ratios at December 31,
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets
2015
14.25%
13.13%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets
12.17%
Tier 1 Leverage
10.60%
2014
15.06%
13.95%
N/A
11.26%
Minimum
Regulatory
Requirements
8.00%
6.00%
4.50%
4.00%
Tier 1 capital of $478.3 million and total qualifying capital of $519.2 million each included $35.0 million in trust preferred
securities that are considered regulatory capital for purposes of determining the Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio. As of December
31, 2015, the most recent notification from the Bank’s primary regulator categorized the Bank as a "well-capitalized" institution
under the prompt corrective action rules of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Designation as a well-capitalized institution under
these regulations is not a recommendation or endorsement of the Company or the Bank by federal bank regulators.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved revisions to its capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules
that implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and address
relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective
January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital
level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank will be: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a
Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (3) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (4) a Tier 1
leverage ratio of 4%. The rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1
capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or
less. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements,
which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in
beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase by that amount each year until fully implemented
in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying
discretionary bonuses to executive officers if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a
maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.
Tangible Common Equity
Tangible equity, tangible assets and tangible book value per share are non-GAAP financial measures calculated using GAAP
amounts. Tangible common equity and tangible assets exclude the balances of goodwill and other intangible assets from
stockholder’s equity and total assets, respectively. Management believes that this non-GAAP financial measure provides
information to investors that may be useful in understanding our financial condition. Because not all companies use the same
calculation of tangible equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures
calculated by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets and tangible book
value per share are provided in the following table.
Tangible Common Equity Ratio – Non-GAAP
46
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity ratio:
Total stockholders' equity
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Tangible common equity
$
$
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
December 31,
524,427 $
1,297
(84,171)
(138)
441,415 $
521,751 $
823
(84,171)
(510)
437,893 $
499,363 $
2,970
(84,171)
(1,330)
416,832 $
483,512 $
(11,312)
(84,808)
(3,163)
384,229 $
446,109
(13,248)
(76,816)
(4,734)
351,311
Total assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Tangible assets
Tangible common equity ratio
Tangible book value per share
$
$
4,655,380 $
(84,171)
(138)
4,571,071 $
4,397,132 $
(84,171)
(510)
4,312,451 $
4,106,100 $
(84,171)
(1,330)
4,020,599 $
3,955,206 $
(84,808)
(3,163)
3,867,235 $
3,711,370
(76,816)
(4,734)
3,629,820
9.66%
$18.17
10.15%
$17.48
10.37%
$16.68
9.94%
$15.43
9.68%
$14.58
Credit Risk
The fundamental lending business of the Company is based on understanding, measuring and controlling the credit risk inherent
in the loan portfolio. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk entails both
general risks, which are inherent in the process of lending, and risk specific to individual borrowers. The Company’s credit risk is
mitigated through portfolio diversification, which limits exposure to any single customer, industry or collateral type. Typically,
each consumer and residential lending product has a generally predictable level of credit losses based on historical loss
experience. Home mortgage and home equity loans and lines generally have the lowest credit loss experience. Loans secured by
personal property, such as auto loans, generally experience medium credit losses. Unsecured loan products, such as personal
revolving credit, have the highest credit loss experience and for that reason, the Company has chosen not to engage in a
significant amount of this type of lending. Credit risk in commercial lending can vary significantly, as losses as a percentage of
outstanding loans can shift widely during economic cycles and are particularly sensitive to changing economic conditions.
Generally, improving economic conditions result in improved operating results on the part of commercial customers, enhancing
their ability to meet their particular debt service requirements. Improvements, if any, in operating cash flows can be offset by the
impact of rising interest rates that may occur during improved economic times. Inconsistent economic conditions may have an
adverse effect on the operating results of commercial customers, reducing their ability to meet debt service obligations.
Current economic data has shown that while the Mid-Atlantic region is one of the stronger markets in the nation, the Company is
continuing to deal with the impact of a slowly recovering economy and its resulting effects on the Company’s borrowers,
particularly in the real estate sector. Total non-performing loans remained level at $34.5 million at December 31, 2015 compared
to the balance at December 31, 2014. While the diversification of the lending portfolio among different commercial, residential
and consumer product lines along with different market conditions of the D.C. suburbs, Northern Virginia and Baltimore
metropolitan area has mitigated some of the risks in the portfolio, local economic conditions and levels of non-performing loans
may continue to be influenced by the volatility being experienced in various sectors of the economy on both a regional and
national level.
To control and manage credit risk, management has a credit process in place to reasonably ensure that credit standards are
maintained along with an in-house loan administration accompanied by oversight and review procedures. The primary purpose of
loan underwriting is the evaluation of specific lending risks and involves the analysis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt
as well as the assessment of the value of the underlying collateral. Oversight and review procedures include the monitoring of
portfolio credit quality, early identification of potential problem credits and the aggressive management of problem credits. As
part of the oversight and review process, the Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (the “allowance”).
47
The allowance represents an estimation of the probable losses that are inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The adequacy of
the allowance is determined through careful and ongoing evaluation of the credit portfolio, and involves consideration of a
number of factors, as outlined below, to establish an adequate allowance for loan losses. Determination of the allowance is
inherently subjective and requires significant estimates, including estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases
based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends, which may be susceptible to significant change.
Loans and leases deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance.
Management adjusts the level of the allowance through the provision for loan and lease losses, which is recorded as a current
period operating expense.
The methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes: (1) a general allowance that reflects historical
losses, as adjusted, by credit category, and (2) a specific allowance for impaired credits on an individual or portfolio basis. This
methodology is further described in the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies” and in “Note 1 – Significant Accounting
Policies” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of the allowance is reviewed monthly and approved
quarterly by the Credit and Investment Risk Committee of the board of directors.
The Company recognizes a collateral dependent lending relationship as non-performing when either the loan becomes 90 days
delinquent or as a result of factors (such as bankruptcy, interruption of cash flows, etc.) considered at the monthly credit
committee meeting. When a commercial loan is placed on non-accrual status, it is considered to be impaired and all accrued but
unpaid interest is reversed. Classification as an impaired loan is based on a determination that the Company may not collect all
principal and interest payments according to contractual terms. Impaired loans exclude large groups of smaller-balance
homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment such as leases, residential real estate and consumer loans.
Typically, all payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to the remaining principal balance of the loans. Integral to the
assessment of the allowance process is an evaluation that is performed to determine whether a specific allowance on an impaired
loan is warranted and, when losses are confirmed, a charge-off is taken to reduce the loan to its net realizable value. Any further
collateral deterioration results in either further specific allowances being established or additional charge-offs. At such time an
action plan is agreed upon for the particular loan and an appraisal will be ordered depending on the time elapsed since the prior
appraisal, the loan balance and/or the result of the internal evaluation. A current appraisal on large loans is usually obtained if the
appraisal on file is more than 12 months old and there has been a material change in market conditions, zoning, physical use or
the adequacy of the collateral based on an internal evaluation. The Company’s policy is to strictly adhere to regulatory appraisal
standards. If an appraisal is ordered, no more than a 30 day turnaround is requested from the appraiser, who is selected by Credit
Administration from an approved appraiser list. After receipt of the updated appraisal, the assigned credit officer will recommend
to the Chief Credit Officer whether a specific allowance or a charge-off should be taken. The Chief Credit Officer has the
authority to approve a specific allowance or charge-off between monthly credit committee meetings to insure that there are no
significant time lapses during this process.
The Company’s methodology for evaluating whether a loan is impaired begins with risk-rating credits on an individual basis and
includes consideration of the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment record and available cash resources that may
include the sufficiency of collateral value and, in a select few cases, verifiable support from financial guarantors. In measuring
impairment, the Company looks primarily to the discounted cash flows of the project itself or to the value of the collateral as the
primary sources of repayment of the loan. The Company may consider the existence of guarantees and the financial strength and
wherewithal of the guarantors involved in any loan relationship. Guarantees may be considered as a source of repayment based on
the guarantor’s financial condition and respective payment capacity. Accordingly, absent a verifiable payment capacity, a
guarantee alone would not be sufficient to avoid classifying the loan as impaired.
Management has established a credit process that dictates that structured procedures be performed to monitor these loans between
the receipt of an original appraisal and the updated appraisal. These procedures include the following:
•
•
•
An internal evaluation is updated annually to include borrower financial statements and/or cash flow projections.
The borrower may be contacted for a meeting to discuss an updated or revised action plan which may include a
request for additional collateral.
Re-verification of the documentation supporting the Company’s position with respect to the collateral securing the
loan.
48
•
•
•
At the monthly credit committee meeting the loan status is examined and the loan may be downgraded and a
specific allowance may be decided upon in advance of the receipt of the appraisal.
Upon receipt of the updated appraisal (or based on an updated internal financial evaluation) the loan balance is
compared to the appraisal and a specific allowance is decided upon for the particular loan, typically for the
amount of the difference between the appraisal and the loan balance, net of estimated cost to sell.
The Company will specifically reserve for or charge-off the excess of the loan amount over the amount of the
appraisal net of closing costs. In certain cases the Company may establish a larger reserve due to knowledge of
current market conditions or the existence of an offer for the collateral that will facilitate a more timely resolution
of the loan.
If an updated appraisal is received subsequent to the preliminary determination of a specific allowance or partial charge-off, and it
is less than the initial appraisal used in the initial charge-off, an additional specific allowance or charge-off is taken on the related
credit. Partially charged-off loans are not written back up based on updated appraisals and always remain on non-accrual with any
and all subsequent payments applied to the remaining balance of the loan as principal reductions. No interest income is
recognized on loans that have been partially charged-off.
Loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in
circumstances that provide payment relief or other concessions, to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are considered
troubled debt restructured loans (TDR’s). All restructurings that constitute concessions to a borrower experiencing financial
difficulties are considered impaired loans and may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status. Non-accruing restructured
loans may return to accruing status provided there is a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the
restructure terms. Loans may be removed from disclosure as an impaired loan if their revised loans terms are considered to be
consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk.
The Company may extend the maturity of a performing or current loan that may have some inherent weakness associated with the
loan. However, the Company generally follows a policy of not extending maturities on non-performing loans under existing
terms. Maturity date extensions only occur under revised terms that clearly place the Company in a position to increase the
likelihood of or assure full collection of the loan under the contractual terms and /or terms at the time of the extension that may
eliminate or mitigate the inherent weakness in the loan. These terms may incorporate, but are not limited to additional assignment
of collateral, significant balance curtailments/liquidations and assignments of additional project cash flows. Guarantees may be a
consideration in the extension of loan maturities. As a general matter, the Company does not view extension of a loan to be a
satisfactory approach to resolving non-performing credits. On an exception basis, certain performing loans that have displayed
some inherent weakness in the underlying collateral values, an inability to comply with certain loan covenants which are not
affecting the performance of the credit or other identified weakness may be extended.
Collateral values or estimates of discounted cash flows (inclusive of any potential cash flow from guarantees) are evaluated to
estimate the probability and severity of potential losses. The actual occurrence and severity of losses involving impaired credits
can differ substantially from estimates.
The determination of the allowance requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio
can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize probable
losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in the credits comprising the portfolio and changes in
the financial condition of borrowers, such as may result from changes in economic conditions. In addition, federal and state
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Bank,
periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and the allowance. Such reviews may result in adjustments to the allowance
based upon their analysis of the information available at the time of each examination.
The Company makes provisions for loan and lease losses in amounts necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level,
as established by use of the allowance methodology previously discussed. The provision for loan and lease losses was a charge of
$5.4 million in 2015 compared to a credit of $0.2 million in 2014 and a credit of $1.1 million in 2013. Historical net charge-offs
represent a principal component in the application of the Company’s allowance methodology. The increase in the provision for
2015 was due primarily to loan growth. The credits to the provision in 2014 and 2013 were driven by a decline in historical
losses, improvement in the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio and problem loan resolutions and recoveries whose impact
more than offset the effect of loan growth.
49
The Company typically sells a substantial portion of its fixed-rate residential mortgage originations in the secondary mortgage
market. Concurrent with such sales, the Company is required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers
about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. The related sale agreements grant the purchasers
recourse back to the Company, which could require the Company to repurchase loans or to share in any losses incurred by the
purchasers. This recourse exposure typically extends for a period of nine to eighteen months after the sale of the loan although the
time frame for repurchase requests can extend for an indefinite period. Such transactions could be due to a number of causes
including borrower fraud or early payment default. The Company has seen a very limited number of repurchase and indemnity
demands from purchasers for such events and routinely monitors its exposure in this regard. The Company maintains a liability of
$0.5 million for probable losses due to repurchases. The Company believes that this reserve is adequate.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The following table presents a five-year history for the allocation of the allowance for loan and leases losses. The allowance is
allocated in the following table to various loan and lease categories based on the methodology used to estimate loan losses;
however, the allocation does not restrict the usage of the allowance for any specific loan or lease category.
(In thousands)
Residential real estate:
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Total residential real estate
Commercial real estate:
Commercial investor
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial AD&C
Total commercial real estate
Commercial Business
Leases
Consumer
Total allowance
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
December 31,
$
6,896 $
897
7,793
6,232 $
923
7,155
7,819 $
1,156
8,975
8,522 $
2,445
10,967
10,843
7,988
4,354
23,185
9,784
7,143
4,267
21,194
9,263
6,308
3,754
19,325
9,583
6,997
4,737
21,317
6,451
-
3,466
40,895 $
5,852
9
3,592
37,802 $
6,308
16
4,142
38,766 $
6,495
332
3,846
42,957 $
$
10,583
4,206
14,789
8,249
7,329
6,663
22,241
6,727
796
4,873
49,426
During 2015, there were no changes in the Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan
and lease losses from the prior year. Variations can occur over time in the estimation of the adequacy of the allowance as a result
of the credit performance of borrowers.
At December 31, 2015, total non-performing loans and leases were $34.5 million, or 0.99% of total loans and leases, compared to
$34.0 million, or 1.09% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2014. The allowance represented 119% of non-performing
loans and leases at December 31, 2015 as compared to 111% at December 31, 2014. The increase in this ratio was due primarily
to the increase in the allowance over the prior year while total non-performing loans remained relatively level. The allowance for
loan and lease losses as a percent of total loans and leases was 1.17% at December 31, 2015 as compared to 1.21% at December
31, 2014.
Continued analysis of the actual loss history on the problem credits in 2014 and 2015 provided an indication that the coverage of
the inherent losses on the problem credits was adequate. The Company continues to monitor the impact of the economic
conditions on our commercial customers, the reduced inflow of non-accruals, lower inflow in criticized loans and the significant
decline in early stage delinquencies. The improvement in these credit metrics supports management’s outlook for continued
improved credit quality performance.
The balance of impaired loans was $28.9 million, with specific allowances of $3.4 million against those loans at December 31,
2015, as compared to $29.4 million with specific allowances of $2.9 million, at December 31, 2014.
50
The Company's borrowers are concentrated in central Maryland, Northern Virginia and in Washington D.C. Commercial and
residential mortgages, including home equity loans and lines, represented 75% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2015 and
at December 31, 2014. Certain loan terms may create concentrations of credit risk and increase the Company’s exposure to loss.
These include terms that permit the deferral of principal payments or payments that are smaller than normal interest accruals
(negative amortization); loans with high loan-to-value ratios; loans, such as option adjustable-rate mortgages, that may expose the
borrower to future increases in repayments that are in excess of increases that would result solely from increases in market
interest rates; and interest-only loans. The Company does not make loans that provide for negative amortization or option
adjustable-rate mortgages.
51
Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, January 1
Provision for loan and lease losses
Loan charge-offs:
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial investor
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial AD&C
Commercial business
Leases
Consumer
Total charge-offs
Loan recoveries:
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial investor
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial AD&C
Commercial business
Leases
Consumer
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Balance, period end
2015
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2014
2012
2011
$
37,802 $
5,371
38,766 $
(163)
42,957 $
(1,084)
49,426 $
3,649
62,135
1,428
(614)
-
(91)
(1,043)
(739)
(306)
(4)
(998)
(3,795)
145
51
(323)
(4)
(3)
(265)
(529)
(729)
-
(834)
(2,687)
121
79
20
3
580
475
-
243
1,517
(2,278)
40,895 $
38
6
-
1,477
-
165
1,886
(801)
37,802 $
$
(1,194)
(104)
(4,774)
(240)
(85)
(2,915)
-
(1,853)
(11,165)
(2,107)
(224)
(3,690)
(1,174)
(3,281)
(1,022)
(8)
(1,298)
(12,804)
162
11
213
12
3,354
425
3,080
818
10
198
8,058
(3,107)
38,766 $
97
38
528
1,548
23
227
2,686
(10,118)
42,957 $
(5,178)
(1,815)
(868)
(487)
(1,780)
(2,565)
(1,072)
(2,740)
(16,505)
221
5
3
-
1,238
674
18
209
2,368
(14,137)
49,426
0.66%
2.21%
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
Allowance to total loans and leases
0.07%
1.17%
0.03%
1.21%
0.12%
1.39%
0.42%
1.70%
52
Analysis of Credit Risk
The following table presents information with respect to non-performing assets and 90-day delinquencies for the years indicated:
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
At December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans and leases
Residential real estate
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial investor
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial AD&C
Commercial business
Leases
Consumer
Total non-accrual loans and leases (1)
Loans and leases 90 days past due
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial investor
Commercial owner occupied
Commercial AD&C
Commercial business
Leases
Consumer
Total 90 days past due loans and leases
$
8,822 $
418
3,012 $
1,105
5,735 $
2,315
4,681 $
3,125
8,368
6,340
194
3,696
-
2,193
30,031
8,156
8,941
2,464
3,184
-
1,668
28,530
6,802
5,936
4,127
3,400
-
2,259
30,574
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
11,843
13,681
6,332
4,611
865
2,410
47,548
-
-
-
209
-
24
-
14
247
Restructured loans and leases (accruing)
Total non-performing loans and leases (2)
Other real estate owned, net
Total non-performing assets
$
4,467
34,498
2,742
37,240 $
5,497
34,027
3,195
9,459
40,034
1,338
10,110
57,905
5,926
37,222 $
41,372 $
63,831 $
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
0.99%
0.80%
118.54%
1.09%
0.85%
111.09%
1.44%
1.01%
96.83%
2.29%
1.61%
74.18%
5,722
5,719
16,963
14,709
18,702
7,226
853
1,786
71,680
167
243
-
-
-
-
2
165
577
6,881
79,138
4,431
83,569
3.53%
2.25%
62.46%
(1) Gross interest income that would have been recorded in 2015 if non-accrual loans and leases shown above had been current and in accordance with their
original terms was $2.5 million. No interest was recorded on these loans during the year. Please see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a description of the Company’s policy for placing loans on non-accrual status.
(2) Performing loans considered potential problem loans, as defined and identified by management, amounted to $25.5 million at December 31, 2015. Although
these are loans where known information about the borrowers' possible credit problems causes management to have concerns as to the borrowers' ability to
comply with the loan repayment terms, most are current as to payment terms, well collateralized and are not believed to present significant risk of loss.
Loans classified for regulatory purposes not included in either non-performing or potential problem loans consist only of "other loans especially mentioned"
and do not, in management's opinion, represent or result from trends or uncertainties reasonably expected to materially impact future operating results,
liquidity or capital resources, or represent material credits where known information about the borrowers' possible credit problems causes management to
have doubts as to the borrowers' ability to comply with the loan repayment terms.
53
Market Risk Management
The Company's net income is largely dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to
the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price on a different basis than interest-earning assets. When interest-bearing
liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of
interest could adversely affect net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than
interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income. Net interest income is also affected
by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds,
such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders' equity.
The Company’s interest rate risk management goals are (1) to increase net interest income at a growth rate consistent with the growth
rate of total assets, and (2) to minimize fluctuations in net interest margin as a percentage of interest-earning assets. Management
attempts to achieve these goals by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of
floating-rate assets; by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched; by maintaining a
pool of administered core deposits; and by adjusting pricing rates to market conditions on a continuing basis.
The Company’s board of directors has established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by
management’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative
measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital
(a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in U.S. Treasury interest rates for
maturities from one day to thirty years. The Company measures the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have
on its short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling.
The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and
loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate
modeling methodology used by the Company. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate
significantly from assumptions used in the model. As an example, certain money market deposit accounts are assumed to reprice at
100% of the interest rate change in each of the up rate shock scenarios even though this is not a contractual requirement. As a
practical matter, management would likely lag the impact of any upward movement in market rates on these accounts as a
mechanism to manage the Bank’s net interest margin. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher
rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan,
lease, and deposit products.
The Company prepares a current base case and eight alternative simulations at least once a quarter and reports the analysis to the
board of directors. In addition, more frequent forecasts are produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other
business conditions so dictate.
The statement of condition is subject to quarterly testing for eight alternative interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent
interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis points (“bp”), although the Company may
elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment. It is management’s goal to
structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do
not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels.
The Company augments its quarterly interest rate shock analysis with alternative external interest rate scenarios on a monthly basis.
These alternative interest rate scenarios may include non-parallel rate ramps and non-parallel yield curve twists. If a measure of risk
produced by the alternative simulations of the entire balance sheet violates policy guidelines, ALCO is required to develop a plan to
restore the measure of risk to a level that complies with policy limits within two quarters.
Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance
in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually one year. They do not
necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution.
54
Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income
Change in Interest Rates:
Policy Limit
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
+ 400 bp
23.50%
(5.99%)
(5.12%)
+ 300 bp
17.50%
(3.63%)
(2.62%)
+ 200 bp
15.00%
(1.52%)
(0.89%)
+ 100 bp
10.00%
(0.68%)
(0.52%)
- 100 bp
10.00%
N/A
N/A
- 200 bp
15.00%
N/A
N/A
-300 bp
17.50%
N/A
N/A
-400 bp
23.50%
N/A
N/A
As shown above, measures of net interest income at risk increased from December 31, 2014 at all rising interest rate shock levels. All
measures remained well within prescribed policy limits.
The increase in the risk position with respect to net interest income from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 was the result
of an increase in short-term FHLB borrowings, repurchase agreements and money market accounts which will increase the
Company’s exposure to increases in interest rates. These factors were somewhat offset by an increase in variable rate loans.
The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes
in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and
liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which, in
theory, approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets.
Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)
Change in Interest Rates:
Policy Limit
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
+ 400 bp
35.00%
(8.24%)
(9.97%)
+ 300 bp
25.00%
(5.50%)
(6.75%)
+ 200 bp
20.00%
(2.72%)
(4.17%)
+ 100 bp
10.00%
(1.28%)
(1.97%)
- 100 bp
10.00%
N/A
N/A
- 200 bp
20.00%
N/A
N/A
-300 bp
25.00%
N/A
N/A
-400 bp
35.00%
N/A
N/A
Measures of the economic value of equity (“EVE”) at risk improved from December 31, 2014 in all rising shock scenarios. The
significant positive impact in EVE was driven by higher core deposit balances together with longer durations in noninterest-
bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts resulting in increased premiums should rates increase. In addition, the increase in
the interest rate environment at the end of 2015 was a primary driver of improved premiums on core deposits, widening the
spread between market rates and the relatively low cost of funding.
Liquidity Management
Liquidity is measured by a financial institution's ability to raise funds through loan and lease repayments, maturing investments,
deposit growth, borrowed funds, capital and the sale of highly marketable assets such as investment securities and residential
mortgage loans. The Company's liquidity position, considering both internal and external sources available, exceeded anticipated
short-term and long-term needs at December 31, 2015. Management considers core deposits, defined to include all deposits other
than time deposits of $100 thousand or more, to be a relatively stable funding source. Core deposits equaled 69% of total interest-
earning assets at December 31, 2015. In addition, loan and lease payments, maturities, calls and pay downs of securities, deposit
growth and earnings contribute a flow of funds available to meet liquidity requirements. In assessing liquidity, management
considers operating requirements, the seasonality of deposit flows, investment, loan and deposit maturities and calls, expected
funding of loans and deposit withdrawals, and the market values of available-for-sale investments, so that sufficient funds are
available on short notice to meet obligations as they arise and to ensure that the Company is able to pursue new business
opportunities.
Liquidity is measured using an approach designed to take into account, in addition to factors already discussed above, the
Company’s growth and mortgage banking activities. Also considered are changes in the liquidity of the investment portfolio due
to fluctuations in interest rates. Under this approach, implemented by the Funds Management Subcommittee of ALCO under
formal policy guidelines, the Company’s liquidity position is measured weekly, looking forward at thirty day intervals from thirty
(30) to three hundred sixty (360) days. The measurement is based upon the projection of funds sold or purchased position, along
with ratios and trends developed to measure dependence on purchased funds and core growth. Resulting projections as of
December 31, 2015, show short-term investments exceeding short-term borrowings by $20 million over the subsequent 360 days.
This projected excess of liquidity versus requirements provides the Company with flexibility in how it funds loans and other
earning assets.
55
The Company also has external sources of funds, which can be drawn upon when required. The main sources of external liquidity
are available lines of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and the Federal Reserve. The line of credit with the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta totaled $1.4 billion, of which $1.4 billion was available for borrowing based on pledged
collateral, with $685 million borrowed against it as of December 31, 2015. The line of credit at the Federal Reserve totaled $355
million, all of which was available for borrowing based on pledged collateral, with no borrowings against it as of December 31,
2015. Other external sources of liquidity available to the Company in the form of unsecured lines of credit granted by
correspondent banks totaled $70 million at December 31, 2015, against which there were no outstanding borrowings. In addition,
the Company had a secured line of credit with a correspondent bank of $20 million as of December 31, 2015. Based upon its
liquidity analysis, including external sources of liquidity available, management believes the liquidity position was appropriate at
December 31, 2015.
The parent company (“Bancorp”) is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its
operating expenses, Bancorp is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its common shareholders and interest and
principal on outstanding debt. Bancorp’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. The amount of dividends
that the Bank may declare and pay to Bancorp in any calendar year, without the receipt of prior approval from the Federal
Reserve, cannot exceed net income for that year to date plus retained net income (as defined) for the preceding two calendar
years. Based on this requirement, as of December 31, 2015, the Bank could have declared a dividend of $52 million to Bancorp.
At December 31, 2015, Bancorp had liquid assets of $9 million.
Arrangements to fund credit products or guarantee financing take the form of loan commitments (including lines of credit on
revolving credit structures) and letters of credit. Approvals for these arrangements are obtained in the same manner as loans.
Generally, cash flows, collateral value and risk assessment are considered when determining the amount and structure of credit
arrangements.
The Company has various contractual obligations that affect its cash flows and liquidity. For information regarding material
contractual obligations, please see “Market Risk Management” previously discussed, “Contractual Obligations” below, and “Note
6-Premises and Equipment,” “Note 9-Borrowings,” “Note 13-Pension, Profit Sharing and Other Employee Benefit Plans,” “Note
18-Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk and Derivatives,” and “Note 20-Fair Value” of the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
With the exception of the Company’s obligations in connection with its trust preferred securities, irrevocable letters of credit, and
loan commitments, the Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or
future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources, that is material to investors. The trust preferred securities were issued by
Sandy Spring Capital Trust II (the “Trust”), a subsidiary of the Company created for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred
securities and purchasing the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which are its sole assets. These junior subordinated
debentures bear a maturity date of October 7, 2034, which may be shortened, subject to conditions, to a date no earlier than
October 7, 2009. The Company owns all of the Trust’s outstanding common securities. The Company and the Trust believe that,
taken together, the Company’s obligations under the junior subordinated debentures, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, and the
Guarantee entered into in connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities and the debentures, in the aggregate
constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the Trust’s obligations. For additional information on off-balance
sheet arrangements, please see “Note 18-Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk and Derivatives” and “Note 9-
Borrowings” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and “Capital Management” and “Securities”.
Contractual Obligations
The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business. Among these obligations are FHLB advances,
operating leases related to branch and administrative facilities and a long-term contract with a data processing provider.
Payments required under these obligations, are set forth in the table following as of December 31, 2015.
56
(In thousands)
Retail repurchase agreements
Advances from FHLB
Certificates of deposit
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations (2)
Total
Projected Maturity Date or Payment Period(1)
Less than
Total
1 year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
$
$
109,145 $
685,000
508,444
42,008
12,129
1,356,726 $
109,145 $
280,000
251,383
6,589
2,435
649,552 $
- $
235,000
186,856
9,916
5,055
436,827 $
- $
160,000
70,205
8,394
4,639
243,238 $
After
5 Years
-
10,000
-
17,109
-
27,109
(1) Assumed a seven year term for purposes of this table.
(2) Represents payments required under contract, based on average monthly charges for 2015 with the Company’s current data processing service provider that expires
in September 2020.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Part II, Item 7 of this report.
57
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As part of the Corporation’s program to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management assessed
the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 (the “Assessment”). In
making this Assessment, management used the control criteria framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
(“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission published in its report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).
Management’s Assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and
testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, the Company’s
management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.
The attestation reports by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting begins on the following pages.
58
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes
in stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 4, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
March 4, 2016
59
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015,
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and
2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 and our report dated March 4, 2016 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.
March 4, 2016
60
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Cash and cash equivalents
Residential mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
Investments available-for-sale (at fair value)
Investments held-to-maturity -- fair value of $211,704 and $222,260 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Other equity securities
Total loans and leases
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses
Net loans and leases
Premises and equipment, net
Other real estate owned
Accrued interest receivable
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased
Advances from FHLB
Subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock -- par value $1.00; shares authorized 50,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 24,295,971 and
25,044,877 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
December 31,
December 31,
2015
2014
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
46,956
472
25,454
72,882
15,457
592,049
208,265
41,336
3,495,370
(40,895)
3,454,475
53,214
2,742
13,443
84,171
138
117,208
4,655,380
1,001,841
2,261,889
3,263,730
109,145
685,000
35,000
38,078
4,130,953
52,804
473
42,940
96,217
10,512
672,209
219,973
41,437
3,127,392
(37,802)
3,089,590
49,402
3,195
12,634
84,171
510
117,282
4,397,132
993,737
2,072,772
3,066,509
74,432
655,000
35,000
44,440
3,875,381
24,296
175,588
325,840
(1,297)
524,427
4,655,380
$
25,045
194,647
302,882
(823)
521,751
4,397,132
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
61
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest Income:
Interest and fees on loans and leases
Interest on loans held for sale
Interest on deposits with banks
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
Taxable
Exempt from federal income taxes
Interest on federal funds sold
Total interest income
Interest Expense:
Interest on deposits
Interest on retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased
Interest on advances from FHLB
Interest on subordinated debt
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest Income:
Investment securities gains
Service charges on deposit accounts
Mortgage banking activities
Wealth management income
Insurance agency commissions
Income from bank owned life insurance
Bank card fees
Other income
Total non-interest income
Non-interest Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense of premises
Equipment expenses
Marketing
Outside data services
FDIC insurance
Amortization of intangible assets
Litigation expenses
Other expenses
Total non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Net Income Per Share Amounts:
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
Dividends declared per share
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2015
$
135,170 $
544
98
123,369 $
312
85
122,380
929
84
16,635
9,318
1
149,347
5,439
163
12,936
895
19,433
129,914
(1,084)
130,998
115
8,533
3,094
17,585
4,821
2,499
4,165
6,699
47,511
65,598
13,171
4,940
2,880
4,580
2,300
1,845
-
16,210
111,524
66,985
22,563
44,422
14,440
8,059
1
158,312
5,878
255
13,081
899
20,113
138,199
5,371
132,828
36
7,607
3,114
19,931
5,176
2,571
4,652
6,814
49,901
15,377
9,222
1
148,366
4,791
164
12,982
881
18,818
129,548
(163)
129,711
5
8,422
1,994
19,086
4,996
2,444
4,439
5,485
46,871
71,003
12,809
6,071
2,896
5,023
2,491
372
(3,869)
18,551
115,347
67,382
22,027
45,355 $
66,387
13,692
5,188
2,926
4,947
2,302
821
6,519
18,018
120,800
55,782
17,582
38,200 $
$
$
$
$
1.84 $
1.84 $
0.90 $
1.53 $
1.52 $
0.76 $
1.78
1.77
0.64
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
62
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income:
Investments available-for-sale:
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments available-for-sale
Related income tax (expense) benefit
Net investment gains reclassified into earnings
Related income tax expense
Net effect on other comprehensive income (loss)
Defined benefit pension plan:
Recognition of unrealized gain (loss)
Related income tax (expense) benefit
Net effect on other comprehensive income (loss)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
45,355 $
38,200 $
44,422
(2,556)
1,022
36
(14)
(1,512)
12,807
(5,090)
5
(2)
7,720
1,736
(698)
1,038
(474)
44,881 $
(9,235)
3,662
(5,573)
2,147
40,347 $
$
(33,214)
13,245
115
(46)
(19,900)
9,340
(3,722)
5,618
(14,282)
30,140
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
63
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Share based compensation expense
Deferred income tax expense
Origination of loans held for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
Gains on sales of loans held for sale
Loss on sales of other real estate owned
Investment securities gains
Loss on sales of premises and equipment
Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable
Net (increase) decrease in other assets
Net increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
Other – net
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Proceeds (purchases) of other equity securities
Purchases of investments held-to-maturity
Purchases of investments available-for-sale
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments held-to-maturity
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments available-for-sale
Net increase in loans and leases
Proceeds from the sales of other real estate owned
Expenditures for premises and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
Net increase (decrease) in retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased
Proceeds from advances from FHLB
Repayment of advances from FHLB
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Tax benefits associated with shared based compensation
Repurchase of Common Stock
Dividends paid
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental Disclosures:
Interest payments
Income tax payments
Transfers from loans to other real estate owned
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2015
$
45,355 $
38,200 $
44,422
7,305
5,371
1,979
(3)
(193,316)
191,232
(2,861)
267
(36)
-
(809)
(2,015)
(6,267)
4,628
50,830
101
(2,100)
(46,190)
12,943
121,994
(372,203)
2,112
(8,572)
(291,915)
7,157
(163)
1,452
808
(137,339)
137,131
(1,939)
161
(5)
-
(102)
(6,866)
20,166
(4,997)
53,664
(750)
-
-
3,786
89,076
(346,373)
488
(8,564)
(262,337)
8,021
(1,084)
1,688
3,348
(251,878)
284,291
(4,629)
1,064
(115)
20
(140)
4,053
(5,965)
13,046
96,142
(7,051)
(20,666)
(161,379)
11,090
198,410
(259,008)
7,780
(2,366)
(233,190)
197,221
34,713
2,274,000
(2,244,000)
487
350
(22,624)
(22,397)
217,750
(23,335)
96,217
72,882 $
189,284
20,590
1,805,000
(1,765,000)
394
321
(910)
(19,216)
230,463
21,790
74,427
96,217 $
(35,809)
(33,087)
1,075,000
(865,058)
153
-
-
(16,130)
125,069
(11,979)
86,406
74,427
$
$
20,040 $
21,060
1,947
18,833 $
15,154
2,446
19,610
20,010
2,764
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
64
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
$
`
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Balances at January 1, 2013
Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Common stock dividends - $0.64 per share
Stock compensation expense
Common stock issued pursuant to:
Stock option plan - 10,964 shares
Employee stock purchase plan - 24,849 shares
Restricted stock - 48,816 shares
Balances at December 31, 2013
Net income
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Common stock dividends - $0.76 per share
Stock compensation expense
Common stock issued pursuant to:
Stock option plan - 13,834 shares
Employee stock purchase plan - 24,519 shares
Restricted stock - 54,535 shares
Purchase of treasury shares - 38,032 shares
Balances at December 31, 2014
Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Common stock dividends - $0.90 per share
Stock compensation expense
Common stock issued pursuant to:
Stock option plan - 39,787 shares
Directors stock purchase plan - 837 shares
Employee stock purchase plan - 25,136 shares
Restricted stock - 55,784 shares
Purchase of treasury shares - 870,450 shares
Balances at December 31, 2015
Common
Stock
$
$
24,905
-
-
-
-
11
25
49
24,990
-
-
-
-
14
25
54
(38)
25,045
-
-
-
-
40
1
25
56
(871)
24,296
Accumulated
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
$ 191,689
-
-
-
1,688
Retained
Earnings
$ 255,606
44,422
-
(16,130)
-
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
$
11,312
-
(14,282)
-
-
128
436
(496)
193,445
-
-
-
1,773
176
484
(359)
(872)
194,647
-
-
-
1,979
-
-
-
283,898
38,200
-
(19,216)
-
-
-
-
-
302,882
45,355
-
(22,397)
-
-
-
-
(2,970)
-
2,147
-
-
-
-
-
-
(823)
-
(474)
-
-
562
21
541
(409)
(21,753)
$ 175,588
-
-
-
-
-
$ 325,840
$
-
-
-
-
-
(1,297)
$
483,512
44,422
(14,282)
(16,130)
1,688
139
461
(447)
499,363
38,200
2,147
(19,216)
1,773
190
509
(305)
(910)
521,751
45,355
(474)
(22,397)
1,979
602
22
566
(353)
(22,624)
524,427
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
65
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Sandy Spring Bancorp (the “Company”), a Maryland corporation, is the bank holding company for Sandy Spring Bank (the
“Bank”), which conducts a full-service commercial banking, mortgage banking and trust business. Services to individuals and
businesses include accepting deposits, extending real estate, consumer and commercial loans and lines of credit, equipment
leasing, general insurance, personal trust, and investment and wealth management services. The Company operates in central
Maryland, Northern Virginia, and the greater Washington D.C. market. The Company offers investment and wealth management
services through the Bank’s subsidiary, West Financial Services. Insurance products are available to clients through Sandy
Spring Insurance, and Neff & Associates, which are agencies of Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation.
Basis of Presentation
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing practices within the financial services industry for financial information. The following
summary of significant accounting policies of the Company is presented to assist the reader in understanding the financial and
other data presented in this report. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current
period presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date of the issuance of its financial statements.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sandy Spring Bank
and its subsidiaries, Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation and West Financial Services, Inc. Consolidation has resulted in the
elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and affect the
reported amounts of revenues earned and expenses incurred during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. Estimates that could change significantly relate to the provision for loan and lease losses and the related allowance,
determination of impaired loans and the related measurement of impairment, potential impairment of goodwill or other intangible
assets, valuation of investment securities and the determination of whether impaired securities are other-than-temporarily
impaired, valuation of other real estate owned, prepayment rates, valuation of share-based compensation, the assessment that a
liability should be recognized with respect to any matters under litigation, the calculation of current and deferred income taxes
and the actuarial projections related to pension expense and the related liability.
Assets Under Management
Assets held for others under fiduciary and agency relationships are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries and are not
included in the accompanying balance sheets. Trust department income and investment management fees are presented on an
accrual basis.
Cash Flows
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-
bearing deposits with banks (items with an original maturity of three months or less).
66
Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Company engages in sales of residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank. Loans held for sale are carried at fair value.
Fair value is derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments. The Company measures residential mortgage
loans at fair value when the Company first recognizes the loan (i.e., the fair value option), as permitted by current accounting
standards. Changes in fair value of these loans are recorded in earnings as a component of mortgage banking activities in non-
interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company's current practice is to sell such loans on a servicing
released basis.
Investments Held-to-Maturity
Investments held-to-maturity represents securities which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold until maturity.
These securities are recorded at cost at the time of acquisition. The carrying values of investments held-to-maturity are adjusted
for premium amortization and discount accretion to the maturity date on the effective interest method. Related interest and
dividends are included in interest income. Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity investments below their cost
that are other-than-temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors that may affect the
determination of whether other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) has occurred include a downgrading of the security below
investment grade by the rating agency or due to potential default, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the
issuer, or that management would not have the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated
recovery in fair value.
Investments Available-for-Sale
Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as securities available-
for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are acquired as part of the Company's asset/liability management strategy and may be sold
in response to changes in interest rates, loan demand, changes in prepayment risk or other factors. Securities available-for-sale are
carried at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses based on the difference between amortized cost and fair value, reported net of
deferred tax, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders' equity. The carrying
values of securities available-for-sale are adjusted for premium amortization and discount accretion to the maturity date on the
effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on security sales or maturities, using the specific identification method, are
included as a separate component of non-interest income. Related interest and dividends are included in interest income. Declines
in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary (“OTTI”) result in write-
downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether other-than-temporary
impairment has occurred include a downgrading of the security below investment grade by a rating agency or due to potential
default, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a change in management’s intent and ability to hold a
security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
Other Equity Securities
Other equity securities include Federal Reserve stock, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock and other equities that are
considered restricted as to marketability and recorded at cost. These securities are evaluated for impairment each reporting
period.
Loans Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality
Acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination as of the date of the acquisition are recorded at their
initial fair value. Credit deterioration is determined based on the probability of collection of all contractually required principal
and interest payments. The historical allowance for loan and lease losses related to the acquired loans is not carried over to the
Company. The determination of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include parameters such as past due and
non-accrual status, commercial risk ratings, cash flow projections, type of loan and collateral, collateral value and recent loan-to-
value ratios or appraised values. For loans acquired with no evidence of credit deterioration, the fair value discount or premium is
amortized over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. For loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration,
the Company determines at the acquisition date the excess of the loan’s contractually required payments over all cash flows
expected to be collected as an amount that should not be accreted into interest income (nonaccretable difference). The remaining
amount, representing the difference in the expected cash flows of acquired loans and the initial investment in the acquired loans,
is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans (accretable yield). The present value of any
decreases in expected cash flows after the purchase date is recognized as an impairment through a charge to the provision for loan
losses. Increases in the present value of the expected cash flows after the purchase date are recognized as an adjustment to the
accretable yield. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for loan and lease
losses (“ALLL”) are similar to originated loans. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale and loans under
revolving credit agreements are excluded from the scope of this guidance on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
67
Loans and Lease Financing Receivables
The Company’s financing receivables consist primarily of loans and a minimal amount of leases that are stated at their principal
balance outstanding net of any unearned income and deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual
rate based on the principal outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized
as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. Lease financing receivables, all of which are direct financing
leases, include aggregate payments, net of related unearned income. Leasing income is recognized on a basis that achieves a
constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding lease financing balances over the lease terms.
Loans are considered past due or delinquent when the principal or interest due in accordance with the contractual terms of the
loan agreement or any portion thereof remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Immaterial shortfalls in
payment amounts do not necessarily result in a loan being considered delinquent or past due. If any payments are past due and
subsequent payments are resumed without payment of the delinquent amount, the loan shall continue to be considered past due.
Whenever any loan is reported delinquent on a principal or interest payment or portion thereof, the amount reported as delinquent
is the outstanding principal balance of the loan.
Loans and leases, except for consumer loans, are placed into non-accrual status when any portion of the loan principal or interest
becomes 90 days past due. Management may determine that certain circumstances warrant earlier discontinuance of interest
accruals on specific loans if an evaluation of other relevant factors (such as bankruptcy, interruption of cash flows, etc.) indicates
collection of amounts contractually due is unlikely. These loans are considered, collectively, to be non-performing loans.
Consumer installment loans that are not secured by real estate are not placed on non-accrual, but are charged down to their net
realizable value when they are four months past due. Loans designated as non-accrual have all previously accrued but unpaid
interest reversed. Payments received on non-accrual loans when doubt about the ultimate collectability of the principal no longer
exists may have their interest payments recorded as interest income on a cash basis or using the cost-recovery method with all
payments applied to reduce the outstanding principal until the loan returns to accrual status. Loans may be returned to accrual
status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are not individually evaluated for impairment and include lease financing
receivables, residential permanent and construction mortgages and consumer installment loans. All other loans are considered
non-homogeneous and are evaluated for impairment if they are placed in non-accrual status. Loans are determined to be impaired
when, based on available information, it is probable that the Company may not collect all principal and interest payments
according to contractual terms. Factors considered in determining whether a loan is impaired include:
•
•
•
•
the financial condition of the borrower;
reliability and sources of the cash flows;
absorption or vacancy rates; and
deterioration of related collateral.
The impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original
effective interest rate, or as permitted, the impairment may be measured based on a loan’s observable market price or the fair
value of the collateral less cost to sell. The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are considered to be collateral dependent
and impairment is measured by determining the fair value of the collateral using third party appraisals conducted at least annually
with underlying assumptions that are reviewed by management. Third party appraisals may be obtained on a more frequent basis
if deemed necessary. Internal evaluations of collateral value are conducted quarterly to ensure any further deterioration of the
collateral value is recognized on a timely basis. The Company may receive updated appraisals which contradict the preliminary
determination of fair value used to establish a specific allowance on a loan. In these instances the specific allowance is adjusted
to reflect the Company’s evaluation of the appraised fair value. In the event a loss was previously confirmed and the loan was
charged down to the estimated fair value based on a previous appraisal, the balance of partially charged-off loans are not
subsequently increased but could be further decreased depending on the direction of the change in fair value. Payments on fully
or partially charged-off loans are accounted for under the cost-recovery method. Under this method, all payments are applied on
a cash basis to reduce the entire outstanding principal, then to recognize a recovery of all previously charged-off amounts before
interest income may be recognized. Based on the impairment evaluation, if the Company determines an estimable loss exists, a
specific allowance will be established for that loan. Once a loss has been confirmed, the loan is charged-down to its estimated net
realizable value. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized using the same method as non-accrual loans, with the exception
of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings.
68
Loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan
maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide payment relief to a borrower experiencing
financial difficulty. All restructured loans are considered impaired loans and may either be in accruing status or non-accruing
status. Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status provided doubt has been removed concerning the
collectability of principal and interest as evidenced by a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the
restructured terms. Loans may be removed from the restructured category if their revised loan terms are considered to be
consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk and they meet certain performance
criteria.
Management uses relevant information available to make the determination on whether loans are impaired in accordance with
GAAP. However, the determination of whether loans are impaired and the measurement of the impairment requires significant
judgment, and estimates of losses inherent in the loan portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance” or “ALLL”) represents an amount which, in management's judgment, is
adequate to absorb the probable estimate of losses that may be sustained on outstanding loans and leases at the balance sheet date
based on the evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The allowance is reduced by charge-offs,
net of recoveries of previous losses, and is increased or decreased by a provision or credit for loan and lease losses, which is
recorded as a current period operating expense. The allowance is based on the basic principle that a loss be accrued when it is
probable that the loss has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
Determination of the adequacy of the allowance is inherently complex and requires the use of significant and highly subjective
estimates. The reasonableness of the allowance is reviewed periodically by the Risk Committee of the board of directors and
formally approved quarterly by that same committee of the board.
The Company’s methodology for estimating the allowance includes a general component reflecting historical losses, as adjusted,
by loan portfolio segment, and a specific component for impaired loans. There were no changes in the Company’s allowance
policies or methodology from the prior year.
The general component is based upon historical loss experience by each portfolio segment measured, over the prior eight quarters
weighted equally. The historical loss experience is supplemented to address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan
portfolio including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans;
changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio;
changes in the categories of loans comprising the loan portfolio;
concentrations of loans to specific industry segments;
changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level;
changes in the Company’s credit administration and loan portfolio management processes; and
the quality of the Company’s credit risk identification processes.
The general component is calculated in two parts based on an internal risk classification of loans within each portfolio segment.
Reserves on loans considered to be “classified” under regulatory guidance are calculated separately from loans considered to be
“pass” rated under the same guidance. This segregation allows the Company to monitor the allowance component applicable to
higher risk loans separate from the remainder of the portfolio in order to better manage risk and reasonably determine the
sufficiency of reserves.
69
Integral to the assessment of the allowance process is an evaluation that is performed to determine whether a specific allowance
on an impaired credit is warranted. For the particular loan that may have potential impairment, an appraisal will be ordered
depending on the time elapsed since the prior appraisal, the loan balance and/or the result of the internal evaluation. The
Company typically relies on current (12 months old or less) third party appraisals of the collateral to assist in measuring
impairment. In the cases in which the Company does not rely on a third party appraisal, an internal evaluation is prepared by an
approved credit officer. A current appraisal on large loans is usually obtained if the appraisal on file is more than 12 months old
and there has been a material change in market conditions, zoning, physical use or the adequacy of the collateral based on an
internal evaluation. The Company’s policy is to strictly adhere to regulatory appraisal standards. If an appraisal is ordered, no
more than a 30 day turnaround is requested from the appraiser, who is selected by Credit Administration from an approved
appraiser list. After receipt of the updated appraisal, the assigned credit officer will recommend to the Chief Credit Officer
whether a specific allowance or a charge-off should be taken. When losses are confirmed, a charge-off is taken that is at least in
the amount of the collateral deficiency as determined by the independent third party appraisal. Any further collateral deterioration
results in either further specific reserves being established or additional charge-offs. The Chief Credit Officer has the authority to
approve a specific allowance or charge-off between monthly credit committee meetings to ensure that there are no significant
time lapses during this process.
The portion of the allowance representing specific allowances is established on individually impaired loans. As a practical
expedient, for collateral dependent loans, the Company measures impairment based on the net realizable value of the underlying
collateral. For loans on which the Company has not elected to use a practical expedient to measure impairment, the Company will
measure impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. In
determining the cash flows to be included in the discount calculation the Company considers the following factors that combine to
estimate the probability and severity of potential losses:
•
•
•
•
the borrower’s overall financial condition;
resources and payment record;
demonstrated or documented support available from financial guarantors; and
the adequacy of collateral value and the ultimate realization of that value at liquidation.
Management believes it uses relevant information available to make determinations about the allowance and that it has
established the existing allowance in accordance with GAAP. However, the determination of the allowance requires significant
judgment, and estimates of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually
observed. While management uses available information to recognize inherent losses, future additions to the allowance may be
necessary based on changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers,
such as may result from changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Company, periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and
the allowance. Such review may result in additional provisions based on management’s judgments of information available at the
time of each examination.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed using the straight-line
method. Premises and equipment are depreciated over the useful lives of the assets, which generally range from 3 to 10 years for
furniture, fixtures and equipment, 3 to 5 years for computer software and hardware, and 10 to 40 years for buildings and building
improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the
improvements. The costs of major renewals and betterments are capitalized, while the costs of ordinary maintenance and repairs
are included in non-interest expense.
70
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.
Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be
compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were
identified based upon an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair values of the reporting units exceed their
book values, no write-down of recorded goodwill is required. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an
expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. Any impairment would be realized
through a reduction of goodwill or the intangible and an offsetting charge to non-interest expense. The Company tests for
impairment of goodwill as of October 1 of each year, and again at any quarter-end if any triggering events occur during a quarter
that may affect goodwill. Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, adverse action by a regulator or a loss of key
personnel. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires the Company to use a degree of subjectivity.
Current accounting guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying
amount. Based on the assessment of these qualitative factors, if it is determined that the fair value of a reporting unit is not less
than the carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment process, previously required, is unnecessary. However, if it is
determined that the carrying value exceeds the fair value the first step, described above, of the two-step process must be
performed. The Company adopted this guidance in performing its annual impairment testing for 2015 and 2014. At December
31, 2015 and 2014 there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill or intangibles in any of the Company’s reporting units.
Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of
contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination
with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are reviewed for impairment annually.
These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis over varying periods that initially did not exceed
15 years.
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
OREO is comprised of properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans. The properties are recorded at fair
value less estimated costs of disposal, on the date acquired or on the date that the Company acquires effective control over the
property. Gains or losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan and lease
losses. During the holding period OREO continues to be measured at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs of disposal,
and any subsequent declines in value are expensed as incurred. Gains and losses realized from the sale of OREO, as well as
valuation adjustments and expenses of operation are included in non-interest expense.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative Loan Commitments
Mortgage loan commitments are derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be
held for sale upon funding. Derivative loan commitments are recognized at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition
in other assets or other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as a component of mortgage banking activities in the
consolidated statements of income.
Mortgage loan commitments are issued to borrowers. Subsequent to commitment date, changes in the fair value of the loan
commitment are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the underlying mortgage loan due to interest rate changes,
changes in the probability the derivative loan commitment will be exercised, and the passage of time. In estimating fair value, a
probability is assigned to a loan commitment based on an expectation that it will be exercised and the loan will be funded.
71
Forward Loan Sale Commitments
Loan sales agreements are evaluated to determine whether they meet the definition of a derivative as facts and circumstances may
differ significantly. If agreements qualify, to protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company
utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in
the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Mandatory delivery contracts are
accounted for as derivative instruments. Generally, best efforts contracts also meet the definition of derivative instruments after
the loan to the borrower has closed. Accordingly, forward loan sale commitments that economically hedge the closed loan
inventory are recognized at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition in other assets or other liabilities with changes
in their fair values recorded as a component of mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of income. The
Company estimates the fair value of its forward loan sales commitments using a methodology similar to that used for derivative
loan commitments.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
The Company enters into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the
variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in exact offsetting terms to swaps that the Company enters into
with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. The Company's swaps qualify
as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is
recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of the Company's financial derivatives is set forth in Note 18 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Credit Risk
The Company issues financial or standby letters of credit that represent conditional commitments to fund transactions by the
Company, typically to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party related to borrowing arrangements. The credit risk
associated with issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as occurs when extending loan facilities to borrowers. The
Company monitors the exposure to the letters of credit as part of its credit review process. Extensions of letters of credit, if any,
would become part of the loan balance outstanding and would be evaluated in accordance with the Company’s credit policies.
Potential exposure to loss for unfunded letters of credit if deemed necessary would be recorded in other liabilities.
In the ordinary course of business the Company originates and sells whole loans to a variety of investors. Mortgage loans sold are
subject to representations and warranties made to the third party purchasers regarding certain attributes. Subsequent to the sale, if
a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is determined, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the
mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for losses incurred if the deficiency or defect cannot be rectified within a specific period
subsequent to discovery. The Company monitors the activity regarding the requirement to repurchase loans and the associated
losses incurred. This information is applied to determine an estimated recourse reserve that is recorded in other liabilities.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparing
the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets
exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the cost or the fair value, less
costs to sell.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains
the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right or from providing more than a trivial benefit to
the transferor) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the
transferred assets through any agreement to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or likely cause a holder to return
those assets whether through unilateral ability or a price so favorable to the transferee that it is probable that the transferee will
require the transferor to repurchase them. A participating interest must be in an entire financial asset and cannot represent an
interest in a group of financial assets. Except for compensation paid for services performed, all cash flows from the asset are
allocated to the participating interest holders in proportion to their share of ownership. Financial assets obtained or liabilities
incurred in a sale are recognized and initially measured at fair value.
72
Insurance Commissions and Fees
Commission revenue is recognized over the term of the coverage period. The Company also receives contingent commissions
from insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or the loss experience of the
insurance placed by the Company. Contingent commissions from insurance companies are recognized when determinable, which
is generally when such commissions are received.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in non-interest expenses.
Net Income per Common Share
Basic net income per common share is derived by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding, and does not include the impact of any potentially dilutive common stock
equivalents. The diluted net income per common share is derived by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of
common shares outstanding, adjusted, if applicable, for the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options as well as any adjustment
to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Dilutive shares are determined using the treasury stock method. Dilutive
common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of dilutive net income per common share if the result would be
anti-dilutive. Diluted net income per common share may be determined and presented in the financial statements and
accompanying notes through the application of the dual class method of computation if the results differ significantly from the
aforementioned treasury stock method. Under the dual class method, recognition is provided to participating securities in the
form of outstanding shares which may have a further dilutive effect on net income per common share.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense is based on the results of operations, adjusted for permanent differences between items of income or expense
reported in the financial statements and those reported for tax purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined
using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred income taxes are determined based on the differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured at the enacted tax rates
that will be in effect when these differences reverse.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on income taxes in other non-interest expenses. The Company
remains subject to examination for income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service, as well as all of the states where it
conducts business, for the years ending after December 31, 2010. There are currently no examinations in process as of December
31, 2015.
Pending Accounting Pronouncements
The FASB issued Update No. 2015-16 in September 2015. This guidance requires an acquirer to recognize adjustments to
provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustments are
determined. The guidance requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of
changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts,
calculated as if the accounting has been completed at the acquisition date. An entity is also required to present separately on the
face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item
that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as
of the acquisition date. For public entities, the guidance in this update is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning
after December 15, 2015. This guidance should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after
the effective date of this update with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued.
The FASB issued Update No. 2015-14 in May 2014 that provides accounting guidance for all revenue arising from contracts with
customers and affects all entities that enter into contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The guidance also provides
for a model for the measurement and recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain nonfinancial assets, such as property
and equipment, including real estate. This standard may affect an entity’s financial statements, business processes and internal
control over financial reporting. The guidance is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15,
2016. The guidance must be adopted using either a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption
or a modified retrospective approach. The Company is assessing this guidance to determine its impact on the Company’s
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
73
The FASB issued Update No. 2015-02 in February 2015 to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the current accounting for
consolidation of certain legal entities. The guidance in this update affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether
they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model.
Specifically, the guidance: (1) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable
interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities, (2) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a
limited partnership, (3) affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that
have fee arrangements and related party relationships, and (4) provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for
reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that
are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The guidance in this
update is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The
adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
The FASB issued Update No. 2015-01 in January 2015 to simplify income statement presentation requirements by eliminating the
concept of extraordinary items. Extraordinary items are events and transactions that are distinguished by their unusual nature and
by the infrequency of their occurrence. The guidance in this update is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning
after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on
the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
NOTE 2 – CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
The Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain cash reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based principally on
the type and amount of their deposits. At its option, the Company maintains additional balances to compensate for clearing and
safekeeping services. The average balance maintained in 2015 was $37.2 million and in 2014 was $33.5 million.
74
NOTE 3 – INVESTMENTS
Investments available-for-sale
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments available-for-sale at December 31 are presented in the following
table:
2015
Gross
Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
(In thousands)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Total debt securities
Marketable equity securities
Total investments available-for-sale
Cost
$ 109,602
156,402
312,846
1,089
579,939
1,223
$ 581,162
Gains
Losses
$
132
8,305
6,396
-
14,833
-
$ 14,833
$
$
(1,334)
-
(2,546)
(66)
(3,946)
-
(3,946)
Estimated
Fair
Value
$ 108,400
164,707
316,696
1,023
590,826
1,223
$ 592,049
2014
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$
-
9,453
9,824
-
19,277
-
$ 19,277
$
$
(2,818)
(4)
(2,936)
(112)
(5,870)
-
(5,870)
Estimated
Fair
Value
$ 141,679
167,052
361,519
1,236
671,486
723
$ 672,209
Amortized
Cost
$ 144,497
157,603
354,631
1,348
658,079
723
$ 658,802
Any unrealized losses in the U.S. government agencies, state and municipal or mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2015
are the result of changes in interest rates. These declines are considered temporary in nature and will decline over time and
recover as these securities approach maturity.
The mortgage-backed portfolio at December 31, 2015 is composed entirely of either the most senior tranches of GNMA, FNMA
or FHLMC collateralized mortgage obligations ($132.4 million), or GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities
($184.3 million). The Company does not intend to sell these securities and has sufficient liquidity to hold these securities for an
adequate period of time, which may be maturity, to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
At December 31, 2015 the trust preferred portfolio consisted of one pooled trust preferred security. The pooled trust preferred
security, which is backed by debt issued by banks and thrifts, totals $1.1 million with a fair value of $1.0 million. The fair value
of this security was determined by management through the use of a third party valuation specialist due to the limited trading
activity for this security.
As a result of this evaluation, it was determined that the pooled trust preferred security had not incurred any credit-related other-
than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) for the year ended December 31, 2015. Non-credit related OTTI on this security, which is
not expected to be sold and which the Company has the ability to hold until maturity, was $0.1 million at December 31, 2015.
This non-credit related OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) at December 31, 2015.
The following table provides the activity of OTTI on investment securities due to credit losses recognized in earnings for the
period indicated:
(In thousands)
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2013
Additions for credit losses not previously recognized
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2014
Additions for credit losses not previously recognized
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2015
OTTI Losses
$
$
531
-
531
-
531
75
Gross unrealized losses and fair values by length of time that the individual available-for-sale securities have been in an
unrealized loss position at December 31 are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Total
2015
Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for:
Number
of
securities
Fair Value
Less than
12 months
More than
12 months
Total
Unrealized
Losses
7 $
26
1
34 $
78,555 $
140,556
1,023
220,134 $
1,020 $
716
-
1,736 $
314 $
1,830
66
2,210 $
1,334
2,546
66
3,946
2014
Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for:
Number
of
securities
Fair Value
Less than
12 months
More than
12 months
Total
Unrealized
Losses
14 $
2
20
1
37 $
141,679 $
1,409
108,902
1,236
253,226 $
60 $
4
58
-
122 $
2,758 $
-
2,878
112
5,748 $
2,818
4
2,936
112
5,870
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31 are
provided in the following table. The Company has allocated mortgage-backed securities into the four maturity groupings
reflected in the following table using the expected average life of the individual securities based on statistics provided by
independent third party industry sources. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the
right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total debt securities available-for-sale
2015
Estimated
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
2014
Estimated
Fair
Value
$
$
301 $
157,710
168,136
253,792
579,939 $
306 $
160,257
174,677
255,586
590,826 $
691 $
47,900
332,841
276,647
658,079 $
714
49,385
340,852
280,535
671,486
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, investments available-for-sale with a book value of $233.2 million and $212.9 million,
respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain government deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. government agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders'
equity at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
76
Investments held-to-maturity
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments held-to-maturity at December 31 are presented in the following table:
2015
2014
Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Gross
Estimated
Fair
Value
Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Gross
Estimated
Fair
Value
(In thousands)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Corporate debt
Total investments held-to-maturity
Cost
56,460 $
$
149,537
168
2,100
$ 208,265 $
- $
4,297
23
-
4,320 $
(733) $
(148)
-
-
55,727 $
153,686
191
2,100
Cost
64,512 $
155,261
200
-
(881) $ 211,704 $ 219,973 $
- $
4,321
25
-
4,346 $
(1,734) $
(325)
-
-
62,778
159,257
225
-
(2,059) $ 222,260
Gross unrealized losses and fair values by length of time that the individual held-to-maturity securities have been in a continuous
unrealized loss position at December 31 are presented in the following tables:
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Total
2015
Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for:
Number
of
securities
Fair Value
Less than
12 months
More than
12 months
Total
Unrealized
Losses
6 $
11
17 $
55,727 $
12,369
68,096 $
456 $
23
479 $
277 $
125
402 $
733
148
881
2014
Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for:
Number
of
securities
Fair Value
Less than
12 months
More than
12 months
Total
Unrealized
Losses
8 $
41
49 $
62,778 $
32,027
94,805 $
- $
18
18 $
1,734 $
307
2,041 $
1,734
325
2,059
The Company does not intend to sell these securities and has sufficient liquidity to hold these securities to maturity, to allow for any
anticipated recovery in fair value, and substantiates that the unrealized losses in the held-to-maturity portfolio are considered
temporary in nature.
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities held-to-maturity by contractual maturity at December 31 are
reflected in the following table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to
prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
77
(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total debt securities held-to-maturity
2015
Estimated
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
2014
Estimated
Fair
Value
$
845 $
19,217
163,125
25,078
$
208,265 $
853 $
20,041
165,620
25,190
211,704 $
1,690 $
6,763
163,252
48,268
219,973 $
1,694
6,938
164,787
48,841
222,260
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, investments held-to-maturity with a book value of $194.3 million and $202.4 million,
respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain government deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. government agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders'
equity at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Equity securities
Other equity securities at the dates indicated are presented in the following table:
(In thousands)
Federal Reserve Bank stock
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock
Total equity securities
2015
2014
$
$
8,269
33,067
41,336
$
$
8,269
33,168
41,437
Securities gains
Gross realized gains and losses on all investments for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:
(In thousands)
Gross realized losses from sales of investments available-for-sale
Net gains or (losses) from calls of investments available-for-sale
Net gains or (losses) from calls of investments held-to-maturity
Net securities gains
2015
2014
2013
-
18
18
36 $
-
2
3
5 $
(3)
44
74
115
$
NOTE 4 – LOANS AND LEASES
The lending business of the Company is based on understanding, measuring and controlling the credit risk inherent in the loan
portfolio. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk entails both general
risks, which are inherent in the process of lending, and risk specific to individual borrowers. The Company’s credit risk is
mitigated through portfolio diversification, which limits exposure to any single customer, industry or collateral type.
Outstanding loan balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are net of unearned income including net deferred loan costs of $1.1
million and $0.5 million, respectively.
The loan portfolio segment balances at December 31 are presented in the following table:
78
(In thousands)
Residential real estate:
Residential mortgage
Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
Commercial owner occupied real estate
Commercial investor real estate
Commercial acquisition, development and construction
Commercial Business
Leases
Consumer
Total loans and leases
2015
2014
$
796,358 $
129,281
717,886
136,741
678,027
719,084
255,980
465,765
-
450,875
3,495,370 $
611,061
640,193
205,124
390,781
54
425,552
3,127,392
$
79
Portfolio Segments
The Company currently manages its credit products and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following
specific portfolio segments (classes) which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its systematic methodology
to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are:
• Commercial business loans – Commercial loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs.
Repayment of a loan primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans
also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage
of eligible receivables and inventory.
• Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans –Commercial acquisition, development and construction
loans are intended to finance the construction of commercial properties and include loans for the acquisition and
development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be
affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk
that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price.
The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan
funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan.
• Commercial owner occupied real estate loans - Commercial owned-occupied real estate loans consist of commercial
mortgage loans secured by owner occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves a
variety of property types to conduct the borrower’s operations. The primary source of repayment for this type of loan is
the cash flow from the business and is based upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the
business to repay.
• Commercial investor real estate loans - Commercial investor real estate loans consist of loans secured by non-owner
occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse,
retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This commercial real estate category contains
mortgage loans to the developers and owners of commercial real estate where the borrower intends to operate or sell the
property at a profit and use the income stream or proceeds from the sale(s) to repay the loan.
• Leases - The Company’s loan portfolio also includes a small portfolio of equipment leases, which consists of leases for
essential commercial equipment used by small to medium sized businesses.
• Consumer loans - This category of loans includes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans, personal
lines of credit and marine loans. The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers
which are secured by residential real estate. These loans are typically secured with second mortgages on the homes.
Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational
vehicles.
• Residential mortgage loans – The residential real estate category contains permanent mortgage loans principally to
consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment
sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral
values. Loans may be either conforming or non-conforming.
• Residential construction loans - The Company makes residential real estate construction loans generally to provide
interim financing on residential property during the construction period. Borrowers are typically individuals who will
ultimately occupy the single-family dwelling. Loan funds are disbursed periodically as pre-specified stages of
completion are attained based upon site inspections.
80
Loans to Related Parties
Certain directors and executive officers have loan transactions with the Company. The following schedule summarizes changes in
amounts of loans outstanding, both direct and indirect, to these persons during the periods indicated:
(In thousands)
Balance at January 1
Additions
Repayments
Balance at December 31
2015
2014
2013
$
$
21,756 $
8,684
(9,390)
21,050 $
18,921 $
7,060
(4,225)
21,756 $
20,494
886
(2,459)
18,921
NOTE 5 – CREDIT QUALITY ASSESSMENT
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Credit risk can vary significantly as losses, as a percentage of outstanding loans, can vary widely during economic cycles and are
sensitive to changing economic conditions. The amount of loss in any particular type of loan can vary depending on the purpose
of the loan and the underlying collateral securing the loan. Collateral securing commercial loans can range from accounts
receivable to equipment to improved or unimproved real estate depending on the purpose of the loan. Home mortgage and home
equity loans and lines are typically secured by first or second liens on residential real estate. Consumer loans may be secured by
personal property, such as auto loans or they may be unsecured loan products.
Management has an internal credit process in place to maintain credit standards. This process along with an in-house loan
administration, accompanied by oversight and review procedures, combines to control and manage credit risk. The primary
purpose of loan underwriting is the evaluation of specific lending risks that involves the analysis of the borrower’s ability to
service the debt as well as the assessment of the value of the underlying collateral. Oversight and review procedures include the
monitoring of the portfolio credit quality, early identification of potential problem credits and the management of the problem
credits. As part of the oversight and review process, the Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (the
“allowance”) to absorb estimated and probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on consistent,
periodic review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio, along with ongoing, monthly assessments of the probable losses
and problem credits in each portfolio. While portions of the allowance are attributed to specific portfolio segments, the entire
allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio.
Summary information on the allowance for loan and lease loss activity for the years ended December 31 is provided in the
following table:
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Loan and lease charge-offs
Loan and lease recoveries
Net charge-offs
Balance at period end
2015
2014
2013
$
$
37,802 $
5,371
(3,795)
1,517
(2,278)
40,895 $
38,766 $
42,957
(163)
(2,687)
1,886
(801)
37,802 $
(1,084)
(11,165)
8,058
(3,107)
38,766
81
The following tables provide information on the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by the respective loan portfolio
segment for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Provision (credit)
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Balance at end of period
Total loans and leases
Allowance for loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio
Balance of loans specifically evaluated for impairment
Allowance for loans specifically evaluated for impairment
Specific allowance to specific loans ratio
Balance of loans collectively evaluated
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated
Collective allowance to collective loans ratio
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
2015
Commercial Commercial Commercial
Owner
Residential Residential
Business
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E
Leasing
Consumer Mortgage
Construction
Total
$
5,852
$
4,267
$
9,784
$
7,143
$
$
3,592
$
6,232
$
923
$
37,802
508
(306)
475
169
6,529
465,765
1.40%
5,273
1,318
25.00%
460,492
5,211
1.13%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
583
(739)
580
(159)
727
(91)
20
(71)
4,691
$
10,440
$
1,881
(1,043)
3
(1,040)
7,984
255,980
1.83%
$ 719,084
1.45%
$ 678,027
1.18%
194
58
$
$
29.90%
10,441
1,489
14.26%
$
$
6,580
510
7.75%
255,786
$ 708,643
$ 671,447
4,633
$
8,951
$
7,474
9
(5)
(4)
-
(4)
619
(998)
243
(755)
1,138
(614)
145
(469)
$
$
-
$
3,456
$
6,901
-
na.
$ 450,875
0.77%
$ 796,358
0.87%
na.
na.
na.
na.
na.
$
$
na.
na.
na.
6,439
-
na.
$ 450,875
$ 789,919
$
3,456
$
6,901
(80)
-
51
51
5,371
(3,795)
1,517
(2,278)
894
$
40,895
129,281
0.69%
$ 3,495,370
1.17%
$
$
-
-
na.
28,927
3,375
11.67%
129,281
$ 3,466,443
894
$
37,520
$
$
$
$
$
$
1.81%
1.26%
1.11%
na.
0.77%
0.87%
0.69%
1.08%
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Provision (credit)
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Balance at end of period
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
2014
Commercial Commercial Commercial
Owner
Residential
Residential
Business
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E
Leasing
Consumer
Mortgage
Construction
Total
$
6,308
$
3,754
$
9,263
$
6,308
$
(1,204)
(729)
1,477
748
1,042
(529)
-
(529)
486
(3)
38
35
1,094
(265)
6
(259)
16
(7)
-
-
-
$
4,142
$
7,819
$
1,156
$
38,766
119
(834)
165
(669)
(1,385)
(323)
121
(202)
(308)
(4)
79
75
(163)
(2,687)
1,886
(801)
$
5,852
$
4,267
$
9,784
$
7,143
$
9
$
3,592
$
6,232
$
923
$
37,802
Total loans and leases
$
390,781
$
205,124
$
640,193
$
611,061
$
54
$ 425,552
$
717,886
$
136,741
$ 3,127,392
Allowance for loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio
1.50%
2.08%
1.53%
1.17%
16.80%
0.84%
0.87%
0.67%
1.21%
Balance of loans specifically evaluated for impairment
Allowance for loans specifically evaluated for impairment
Specific allowance to specific loans ratio
Balance of loans collectively evaluated
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated
Collective allowance to collective loans ratio
$
$
$
$
3,894
788
20.24%
386,887
5,064
1.31%
$
$
$
$
2,464
741
30.07%
202,660
3,526
1.74%
$
$
$
$
10,279
541
5.26%
629,914
9,243
1.47%
$
$
$
$
8,941
824
9.22%
na.
na.
na.
na.
na.
na.
602,120
6,319
$
$
54
$ 425,552
9
$
3,592
1.05%
16.80%
0.84%
$
$
$
$
3,535
-
na.
714,351
6,232
0.87%
$
$
$
$
$
$
306
-
na.
29,419
2,894
9.84%
136,435
$ 3,097,973
923
$
34,908
0.68%
1.13%
The Company’s methodology for evaluating whether a loan is impaired begins with risk-rating credits on an individual basis and
includes consideration of the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment record and available cash resources that may
include the collateral value and, in a select few cases, verifiable support from financial guarantors. In measuring impairment, the
Company looks primarily to the discounted cash flows of the project itself or to the value of the collateral as the primary sources
of repayment of the loan. Collateral values or estimates of discounted cash flows (inclusive of any potential cash flow from
guarantees) are evaluated to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses. The actual occurrence and severity of losses
involving impaired credits can differ substantially from estimates.
The Company may consider the existence of guarantees and the financial strength and wherewithal of the guarantors involved in
any loan relationship. Guarantees may be considered as a source of repayment based on the guarantor’s financial condition and
respective payment capacity. Accordingly, absent a verifiable payment capacity, a guarantee alone would not be sufficient to
avoid classifying the loan as impaired.
82
Management has established a credit process that dictates that procedures be performed to monitor impaired loans between the
receipt of an original appraisal and the updated appraisal. These procedures include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
An internal evaluation is updated quarterly to include borrower financial statements and/or cash flow projections.
The borrower may be contacted for a meeting to discuss an updated or revised action plan which may include a
request for additional collateral.
Re-verification of the documentation supporting the Company’s position with respect to the collateral securing the
loan.
At the monthly credit committee meeting the loan may be downgraded.
Upon receipt of the updated appraisal or based on an updated internal financial evaluation, the loan balance is
compared to the appraisal and a specific allowance is determined for the particular loan, typically for the amount
of the difference between the appraisal and the loan balance.
The Company will specifically reserve for or charge-off the excess of the loan amount over the amount of the
appraisal. In certain cases the Company may establish a larger reserve due to knowledge of current market
conditions or the existence of an offer for the collateral that will facilitate a more timely resolution of the loan.
The Company generally follows a policy of not extending maturities on non-performing loans under existing terms. Certain
performing loans that have displayed some inherent weakness in the underlying collateral values, an inability to comply with
certain loan covenants which do not affect the performance of the credit or other identified weakness may have their terms
extended on an exception basis. Maturity date extensions only occur under revised terms that place the Company in a better
position to fully collect the loan under the contractual terms and /or terms at the time of the extension that may eliminate or
mitigate the inherent weakness in the loan. These terms may incorporate, but are not limited to additional assignment of
collateral, significant balance curtailments/liquidations and assignments of additional project cash flows. Documented or
demonstrated guarantees may be a consideration in the extension of loan maturities. As a general matter, the Company does not
view extension of a loan to be a satisfactory approach to resolving non-performing credits.
Loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in
circumstances that provide payment relief or other concessions to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are considered
trouble debt restructured loans. All restructurings that constitute concessions to a troubled borrower are considered impaired loans
that may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status. Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status
provided there is a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructure terms. Loans may be removed
from the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring if their revised loans terms are considered to be
consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk. At December 31, 2015,
restructured loans totaled $11.4 million, of which $4.5 million were accruing and $6.9 million were non-accruing. The Company
has commitments to lend $0.1 million in additional funds on loans that have been restructured at December 31, 2015.
Restructured loans at December 31, 2014 totaled $11.6 million, of which $5.5 million were accruing and $6.1 million were non-
accruing. Commitments to lend additional funds on loans that have been restructured at December 31, 2014 amounted to $0.1
million.
83
The following table provides summary information regarding impaired loans at December 31 and for the years then ended:
(In thousands)
Impaired loans with a specific allowance
Impaired loans without a specific allowance
Total impaired loans
Allowance for loan and lease losses related to impaired loans
Allowance for loan and lease losses related to loans collectively evaluated
Total allowance for loan and lease losses
Average impaired loans for the period
Contractual interest income due on impaired loans during the period
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on an accrual basis
2015
2014
2013
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
14,208 $
14,719
28,927 $
3,375 $
37,520
40,895 $
29,828 $
2,527 $
961 $
274 $
11,411 $
18,008
29,419 $
2,894 $
34,908
37,802 $
34,331 $
2,339 $
773 $
280 $
12,217
20,306
32,523
3,058
35,708
38,766
38,379
2,612
1,374
473
The following tables present the recorded investment with respect to impaired loans, the associated allowance by the applicable
portfolio segment and the principal balance of the impaired loans prior to amounts charged-off at December 31 for the years
indicated:
(In thousands)
Impaired loans with a specific allowance
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Allowance
Impaired loans without a specific allowance
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Total impaired loans
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Unpaid principal balance in total impaired loans
$
$
$
$
$
2015
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial
AD&C
Commercial
Investor R/E
Commercial
Owner
Occupied R/E
All
Other
Loans
$
1,168
$
58
$
7,791
$
3,519
$
876
156
-
-
-
-
-
640
2,200
$
58
$
7,791
$
4,159
$
Total Recorded
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
-
-
-
-
$
$
12,536
876
796
14,208
1,318
$
58
$
1,489
$
510
$
-
$
3,375
974
$
-
$
518
$
793
$
2,750
$
701
1,398
$
3,073
$
-
136
136
2,073
59
240
1,388
577
3,112
$
2,650
$
2,421
$
6,439
$
$
2,142
$
58
$
8,309
$
4,312
$
2,750
$
1,577
1,554
5,273
$
-
136
194
2,073
59
240
2,028
577
3,112
$
10,441
$
6,580
$
6,439
$
5,035
3,591
6,093
14,719
17,571
4,467
6,889
28,927
7,158
$
4,456
$
15,138
$
8,555
$
7,154
$
42,461
84
(In thousands)
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E
Occupied R/E
2015
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Owner
Total Recorded
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
All
Other
Loans
Average impaired loans for the period
$
4,714 $
882 $
11,145 $
8,218 $
4,869 $
29,828
Contractual interest income due on impaired loans during the period $
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on an accrual basis
$
$
450 $
273 $
113 $
304 $
11 $
- $
918 $
226 $
107 $
647 $
347 $
11 $
208
104
43
(In thousands)
Impaired loans with a specific allowance
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Allowance
Impaired loans without a specific allowance
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Total impaired loans
Non-accruing
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Unpaid principal balance in total impaired loans
(In thousands)
Average impaired loans for the period
Contractual interest income due on impaired loans during the period
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on an accrual basis
2014
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Owner
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E
Occupied R/E
All
Other
Loans
Total Recorded
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
473
687
308
1,468
$
1,330
$
2,288
$
5,013
$
-
-
1,330
$
-
76
2,364
$
$
-
1,236
6,249
$
-
-
-
-
$
$
9,104
687
1,620
11,411
788
$
741
$
541
$
824
$
-
$
2,894
1,115
23
1,288
2,426
1,588
710
1,596
3,894
$
$
$
$
-
-
1,134
1,134
1,330
-
1,134
2,464
$
$
$
$
5,792
2,123
-
7,915
8,080
2,123
76
10,279
$
$
$
$
1,769
-
923
2,692
6,782
-
2,159
8,941
$
$
$
$
-
2,664
1,177
3,841
-
2,664
1,177
3,841
$
$
$
$
8,676
4,810
4,522
18,008
17,780
5,497
6,142
29,419
5,360
$
7,044
$
14,926
$
10,729
$
4,126
$
42,185
2014
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Owner
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E
Occupied R/E
Total Recorded
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
All
Other
Loans
$
$
$
$
5,308 $
3,651 $
9,327 $
8,963 $
7,082 $
34,331
311 $
252 $
63 $
352 $
39 $
- $
730 $
78 $
111 $
859 $
344 $
- $
87
60
106
85
Credit Quality
The following tables provide information on the credit quality of the loan portfolio by segment at December 31 for the years
indicated:
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial Commercial
Owner
Residential Residential
2015
(In thousands)
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E Leasing Consumer Mortgage
Construction
Total
Non-performing loans and assets:
Non-accrual loans and leases
$
3,696
$
194
$
8,368
$
6,340
$
Loans and leases 90 days past due
Restructured loans and leases
Total non-performing loans and leases
Other real estate owned
-
1,577
5,273
39
-
-
194
365
-
2,073
10,441
433
-
240
6,580
-
Total non-performing assets
$
5,312
$
559
$
10,874
$
6,580
$
$
2,193
$
8,822
$
418
$
30,031
-
-
2,193
690
-
577
9,399
1,215
-
-
418
-
-
4,467
34,498
2,742
$
2,883
$
10,614
$
418
$
37,240
-
-
-
-
-
-
2014
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial Commercial
Owner
Residential Residential
(In thousands)
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E Leasing
Consumer
Mortgage
Construction
Total
Non-performing loans and assets:
Non-accrual loans and leases
$
3,184
$
2,464
$
8,156
$
8,941
$
Loans and leases 90 days past due
Restructured loans and leases
Total non-performing loans and leases
Other real estate owned
Total non-performing assets
-
710
3,894
39
-
-
2,464
365
-
2,123
10,279
-
-
-
8,941
-
$
3,933
$
2,829
$
10,279
$
8,941
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
1,668
$
3,012
$
1,105
$
28,530
-
-
1,668
-
-
2,664
5,676
1,408
-
-
1,105
1,383
-
5,497
34,027
3,195
$
1,668
$
7,084
$
2,488
$
37,222
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
2015
Commercial Commercial
Owner
Residential Residential
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E Leasing Consumer Mortgage
Construction
Total
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
1,642
$
2,602
$
550
-
2,192
2,193
-
986
-
3,588
8,822
-
$
-
-
-
-
418
-
6,798
4,989
-
11,787
30,031
851
446,490
783,948
128,863
3,452,701
$ 450,875
$ 796,358
$
129,281
$ 3,495,370
(In thousands)
Past due loans and leases
31-60 days
61-90 days
> 90 days
Total past due
Non-accrual loans and leases
Loans aquired with deteriorated credit quality
$
119
$
404
-
523
3,696
544
-
-
-
-
194
-
$
616
$
1,819
$
2,200
-
2,816
8,368
-
849
-
2,668
6,340
307
Current loans
Total loans and leases
461,002
255,786
707,900
668,712
$
465,765
$
255,980
$
719,084
$
678,027
$
86
(In thousands)
Past due loans and leases
31-60 days
61-90 days
> 90 days
Total past due
Non-accrual loans and leases
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Commercial
2014
Commercial
Commercial
Owner
Residential Residential
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E Leasing
Consumer
Mortgage
Construction
Total
$
759
$
-
$
2,374
$
2,658
$
11
$
797
$
3,064
$
995
-
1,754
3,184
1,238
320
-
320
2,464
-
1,493
-
3,867
8,156
-
156
-
2,814
8,941
1,773
-
-
11
-
-
43
54
179
-
976
1,668
-
836
-
3,900
3,012
-
$
-
-
-
-
1,105
-
9,663
3,979
-
13,642
28,530
3,011
Current loans
Total loans and leases
384,605
202,340
628,170
597,533
$
390,781
$
205,124
$
640,193
$
611,061
$
422,908
710,974
135,636
3,082,209
$ 425,552
$ 717,886
$
136,741
$ 3,127,392
Loans and leases are monitored for credit quality on a recurring basis. The credit quality indicators used are dependent on the
portfolio segment to which the loan relates. Commercial loans and leases and non-commercial loans and leases have different
credit quality indicators as a result of the methods used to monitor each of these loan segments.
The credit quality indicators for commercial loans and leases are developed through review of individual borrowers on an
ongoing basis. Each borrower is evaluated at least annually with more frequent evaluation of more severely criticized loans and
leases. The indicators represent the rating for loans or leases as of the date presented based on the most recent credit review
performed. These credit quality indicators are defined as follows:
Pass - A pass rated credit is not adversely classified because it does not display any of the characteristics for adverse
classification.
Special mention – A special mention credit has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected,
such weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position at some future date. Special
mention assets are not adversely classified and do not warrant adverse classification.
Substandard – A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current net worth and payment capacity of the obligor or of the
collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as substandard generally have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize
the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful – A loan that is classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as substandard with added
characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of
currently existing facts, conditions and values.
Loss – Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuing to be carried as a loan is
not warranted. This classification is not necessarily equivalent to no potential for recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is
not appropriate to defer a full write-off even though partial recovery may be effected in the future.
87
The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for each segment of the commercial loan portfolio at
December 31 for the years indicated:
(In thousands)
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
(In thousands)
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
2015
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
AD&C
Commercial
Investor R/E
Owner
Occupied R/E
Commercial
Commercial
$
447,439 $
797
17,529
-
255,786 $
-
194
-
$
465,765 $
255,980 $
706,623 $
1,509
10,952
-
719,084 $
659,281 $
3,356
15,390
-
678,027 $
2014
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Commercial
AD&C
Commercial
Investor R/E
Commercial
Owner
Occupied R/E
$
$
366,367 $
8,835
15,579
-
390,781 $
201,642 $
698
2,784
-
205,124 $
621,511 $
3,931
14,751
-
640,193 $
581,575 $
7,669
21,817
-
611,061 $
Total
2,069,129
5,662
44,065
-
2,118,856
Total
1,771,095
21,133
54,931
-
1,847,159
Homogeneous loan pools do not have individual loans subjected to internal risk ratings therefore, the credit indicator applied to
these pools is based on their delinquency status. The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for those
remaining segments of the loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:
(In thousands)
Performing
Non-performing:
90 days past due
Non-accruing
Restructured loans and leases
Total
$
2015
Residential Real Estate
Residential
Residential
Leasing
Consumer
Mortgage
Construction
$
- $
448,682 $
786,959 $
128,863 $
-
-
-
- $
-
2,193
-
450,875 $
-
8,822
577
796,358 $
-
418
-
129,281 $
2014
Residential Real Estate
Residential
Residential
(In thousands)
Performing
Non-performing:
Leasing
Consumer
Mortgage
Construction
$
54 $
423,884 $
712,210 $
135,636 $
90 days past due
Non-accruing
Restructured loans and leases
Total
$
-
-
-
54 $
-
1,668
-
425,552 $
-
3,012
2,664
717,886 $
-
1,105
-
136,741 $
88
Total
1,364,504
-
11,433
577
1,376,514
Total
1,271,784
-
5,785
2,664
1,280,233
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company restructured $1.9 million in loans that were designated as troubled debt
restructurings. Modifications consisted principally of interest rate concessions. No modifications resulted in the reduction of the
principal in the associated loan balances. Restructured loans are subject to periodic credit reviews to determine the necessity and
adequacy of a specific loan loss allowance based on the collectability of the recorded investment in the restructured loan. Loans
restructured during 2015 have specific reserves of $0.5 million at December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014,
the Company restructured $1.6 million in loans. Modifications consisted principally of interest rate concessions and no
modifications resulted in the reduction of the recorded investment in the associated loan balances. Loans restructured during
2014 had specific reserves of $0.1 million thousand at December 31, 2014.
The following table provides the amounts of the restructured loans at the date of restructuring for specific segments of the loan
portfolio during the period indicated:
(In thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Specific allowance
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial Commercial
Commercial
Owner
Commercial
AD&C
Investor R/E Occupied R/E
All
Other
Loans
Total
$
$
$
1,003 $
-
1,003 $
303 $
- $
-
- $
- $
- $
- $
-
- $
240 $
639
879 $
- $
-
- $
1,243
639
1,882
- $
149 $
- $
452
- $
- $
- $
-
Restructured and subsequently defaulted
$
- $
(In thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings
Restructured accruing
Restructured non-accruing
Balance
Specific allowance
Restructured and subsequently defaulted
Commercial
Commercial
AD&C
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial
Owner
Commercial
Investor R/E Occupied R/E
All
Other
Loans
$
$
$
$
75 $
92
167 $
99 $
- $
- $
192
192 $
- $
- $
1,284 $
-
1,284 $
- $
- $
- $
-
- $
- $
- $
Total
1,359
284
1,643
99
-
- $
-
- $
- $
- $
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned totaled $2.7 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At December 31,
2015, $1.9 million of the other real estate owned was comprised of consumer mortgage loans.
89
NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Presented in the following table are the components of premises and equipment at December 31:
(In thousands)
Land
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Equipment
Total premises and equipment
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Net premises and equipment
2015
2014
$
$
9,954 $
61,357
31,419
102,730
(49,516)
53,214 $
9,954
63,219
37,758
110,931
(61,529)
49,402
Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment amounted to $4.6 million for each of the years ended
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Total rental expense of premises and equipment, net of rental income, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was
$7.3 million, $7.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Lease commitments entered into by the Company bear initial terms
varying from 3 to 15 years, or they are 20-year ground leases, and are associated with premises.
Future minimum lease payments, including any additional rents due to escalation clauses, for all non-cancelable operating leases
within the years ending December 31 are presented in the table below:
(In thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Operating
Leases
$
$
6,589
5,525
4,391
4,489
3,905
17,109
42,008
NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of intangible assets and goodwill are presented at December 31 in the
following table:
2015
Weighted
2014
Weighted
Gross
Net
Average
Gross
Net
Average
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Remaining
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Remaining
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Amortization
Amount
Life
Amount
Amortization
Amount
Life
Amortizing intangible assets:
Core deposit intangibles
$
- $
- $
Other identifiable intangibles
Total amortizing intangible assets
8,623
(8,485)
$
8,623 $
(8,485) $
-
138
138
-
$
9,716 $
(9,716) $
2.0 years
8,623
(8,113)
$
18,339 $
(17,829) $
-
510
510
-
1.7 years
Goodwill
$
84,171
$
84,171
$
84,171
$
84,171
90
The following table presents the net carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the periods indicated:
(In thousands)
Balance December 31, 2013
Acquisition fair value adjustment
Balance December 31, 2014
No Activity
Balance December 31, 2015
Community
Investment
Banking
Insurance
Management
Total
$
69,991 $
5,191 $
8,989 $
-
69,991
-
69,991 $
-
5,191
-
5,191 $
-
8,989
-
8,989 $
$
84,171
-
84,171
-
84,171
The following table presents the estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets within the years ending
December 31:
(In thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
Total amortizing intangible assets
Amount
$
94
17
16
11
$
138
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS
The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31 for the years indicated:
(In thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand
Money market savings
Regular savings
Time deposits of less than $100,000
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
Total interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
2015
2014
$
1,001,841 $
993,737
570,333
898,655
284,457
248,172
260,272
2,261,889
3,263,730 $
534,605
828,494
264,751
239,857
205,065
2,072,772
3,066,509
$
Demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances were $1.4 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively. Overdraft charge-offs and recoveries are reflected in the allowance for loan and lease losses.
91
The following table presents the maturity schedule for time deposits maturing within years ending December 31:
(In thousands)
Amount
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter
Total time deposits
$
251,383
140,535
46,321
37,986
32,219
$
508,444
The Company's time deposits of $100,000 or more represented 8.0% of total deposits at December 31, 2015 and are presented by
maturity in the following table:
(In thousands)
Time deposits--$100 thousand or more
3 or
Less
Months to Maturity
Over 3
to 6
Over 6
to 12
Over
12
Total
$
35,887
$
31,978
$
49,942
$
142,465
$
260,272
Interest expense on time deposits of $100,000 or more amounted to $2.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million for the years
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
NOTE 9 – BORROWINGS
Information relating to retail repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is presented in the following table at and for
the years ending December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
Retail repurchase agreements
$
109,145
0.23 % $
74,432
0.24 % $
53,842
0.20 %
2015
2014
2013
Average for the Year:
Retail repurchase agreements
Maximum Month-end Balance:
Retail repurchase agreements
$
110,776
0.23 % $
70,097
0.23 % $
55,769
0.26 %
$
128,511
$
82,702
$
59,410
The Company pledges U.S. Agencies and Corporate securities, based upon their market values, as collateral for 102.5% of the
principal and accrued interest of its retail repurchase agreements.
At December 31, 2015, the Company has an available line of credit for $1.4 billion with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
(the "FHLB") under which its borrowings are limited to $1.4 billion based on pledged collateral at prevailing market interest rates
with $685.0 million borrowed against it at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2014, lines of credit totaled $1.3 billion under
which $1.0 billion was available based on pledged collateral with $655.0 million borrowed against it as of December 31, 2014.
Under a blanket lien, the Company has pledged qualifying residential mortgage loans amounting to $677.3 million, commercial
loans amounting to $932.8 million, home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) amounting to $323.0 million and multifamily loans
amounting to $23.5 million at December 31, 2015 as collateral under the borrowing agreement with the FHLB. At December 31,
2014 the Company had pledged collateral of qualifying mortgage loans of $601.7 million, commercial loans of $757.4 million,
HELOC loans of $331.7 million and multifamily loans of $8.0 million under the FHLB borrowing agreement. The Company also
had lines of credit available from the Federal Reserve and correspondent banks of $375.1 million and $356.9 million at December
31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, collateralized by loans and state and municipal securities. In addition, the Company had
unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks of $70.0 million and $55.0 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively. At December 31, 2015 there were no outstanding borrowings against these lines of credit.
92
Advances from FHLB and the respective maturity schedule at December 31 for the years indicated consisted of the following:
(Dollars in thousands)
Maturity:
One year
Two years
Three years
Four years
Five years
After five years
Total advances from FHLB
2015
Weighted
Average
2014
Weighted
Average
Amounts
Rate
Amounts
Rate
$
$
280,000
75,000
160,000
80,000
80,000
10,000
685,000
0.38 % $
3.48
2.45
3.50
3.54
3.49
1.98
$
250,000
-
75,000
160,000
80,000
90,000
655,000
0.20 %
-
3.48
2.45
3.50
3.53
1.99
NOTE 10 – SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The Company formed Sandy Spring Capital Trust II (“Capital Trust”) to facilitate the pooled placement issuance of $35.0 million
of trust preferred securities on August 10, 2004. In conjunction with this issuance, the Company issued subordinated debt to the
Capital Trust. The subordinated debt converted from a fixed rate interest of 6.35% at July 7, 2009 to a variable rate, adjusted
quarterly, equal to 225 basis points over the three month Libor. At December 31, 2015, the rate on the subordinated debt was
2.57%. The obligations of the Company under the debt are subordinated to all other debt except other trust preferred securities,
which may have equal subordination. The debt has a maturity date of October 7, 2034, but may be called by the Company at any
time subsequent to October 7, 2009 on each respective quarterly distribution date.
NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company’s Articles of Incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value $1.00 per share). Issued shares
have been classified as common stock. The Articles of Incorporation provide that remaining unissued shares may later be
designated as either common or preferred stock.
The Company has a director stock purchase plan (the “Director Plan”) which commenced on May 1, 2004. Under the Director
Plan, members of the board of directors may elect to use a portion (minimum 50%) of their annual retainer fee to purchase shares
of Company stock. The Company has reserved 45,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock for purchase under the
plan. Purchases are made at the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. At December 31, 2015, there were 25,549
shares available for issuance under the plan.
The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) which was authorized on July 1, 2011. The Company
has reserved 300,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock for purchase under the current version of the plan. Shares
are purchased at 85% of the fair market value on the exercise date through monthly payroll deductions of not less than 1% or
more than 10% of cash compensation paid in the month. The Purchase Plan is administered by a committee of at least three
directors appointed by the board of directors. At December 31, 2015, there were 178,387 shares available for issuance under this
plan.
The Company re-approved the stock repurchase program in August 2015. The current program permits the repurchase of up to
5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock or approximately 1,200,000 shares. Repurchases, which will be
conducted through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, will be made depending on market conditions and
other factors. During 2015, 870,450 shares were repurchased for a total cost of $22.6 million. The stock repurchase program in
effect prior to August 2015 permitted the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock or
approximately 1,260,000 shares. During 2014, 38,032 shares were repurchased for a total cost of $0.9 million. No shares were
repurchased during 2013.
The Company has a dividend reinvestment plan that is sponsored and administered by Computershare Shareholder Services as
independent agent, which enables current shareholders as well as first-time buyers to purchase and sell common stock of Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc. directly through Computershare at low commissions. Participants may reinvest cash dividends and make
periodic supplemental cash payments to purchase additional shares.
93
Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Bank,
as well as restricting extensions of credit and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2015, the
Bank could have paid additional dividends of $51.6 million to its parent company without regulatory approval. In conjunction
with the Company’s long-term borrowing from Capital Trust, the Bank issued a note to Bancorp for $35.0 million which was
outstanding at December 31, 2015. There were no other loans outstanding between the Bank and the Company at December 31,
2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 12 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION
At December 31, 2015, the Company had two share-based compensation plans in existence, the 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan
(“Omnibus Stock Plan”) and the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Incentive Plan”). The Omnibus Sock Plan expired
during the second quarter of 2015 but has outstanding options that may still be exercised. The Omnibus Incentive Plan is
described in the following paragraph.
The Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved on May 6, 2015 and provides for the granting of non-qualifying stock
options to the Company’s directors, and incentive and non-qualifying stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock
grants, restricted stock units and performance awards to selected key employees on a periodic basis at the discretion of the board.
The Omnibus Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,500,000 shares of common stock, all of which are available for
issuance at December 31, 2015, has a term of ten years, and is administered by a committee of at least three directors appointed
by the board of directors. Options granted under the plan have an exercise price which may not be less than 100% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. The
exercise price of stock options must be paid for in full in cash or shares of common stock, or a combination of both. The board
committee has the discretion when making a grant of stock options to impose restrictions on the shares to be purchased upon the
exercise of such options. The Company generally issues authorized but previously unissued shares to satisfy option exercises. At
December 31, 2015, no stock options or awards had been granted from this plan.
The fair values of all of the options granted for the periods indicated have been estimated using a binomial option-pricing model
with the weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:
Dividend yield
Weighted average expected volatility
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
Weighted average expected lives (in years)
Weighted average grant-date fair value
2015
2014
2013
3.40 %
42.98 %
1.42 %
5.42
$7.63
3.04 %
46.78 %
1.56 %
5.08
$8.05
2.80 %
53.87 %
0.83 %
5.34
$7.99
The dividend yield is based on estimated future dividend yields. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the
share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Expected volatilities are generally based
on historical volatilities. The expected term of share options granted is generally derived from historical experience.
Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective stock option or restricted
stock grant. Compensation expense of $1.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.5 million was recognized for the years ended December
31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to the awards of stock options and restricted stock grants. The intrinsic value for
the stock options exercised was $0.5 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and
2013, respectively. The total of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was approximately $0.2 million as of
December 31, 2015. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.8 years. The total
of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock was approximately $3.9 million as of December 31, 2015. That cost
is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years. The fair value of the options vested
during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
In the first quarter of 2015, 21,245 stock options were granted, subject to a three year vesting schedule with one third of the
options vesting on April 1st of each year. Additionally, 79,860 shares of restricted stock were granted, subject to a five year
vesting schedule with one fifth of the shares vesting on April 1st of each year. There were no additional stock options or shares of
restricted stock granted during the remainder of 2015.
94
A summary of share option activity for the period indicated is reflected in the following table:
Number
of
Common
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Share Price
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Remaining
Life(Years)
Balance at January 1, 2015
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited or expired
Balance at December 31, 2015
Exercisable at December 31, 2015
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year
224,381
21,245
(39,787)
(71,708)
134,131
93,330
$ 20.88
$ 26.20
$ 15.12
$ 27.86
$ 19.70
$ 17.45
$
7.63
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
1,300
-
458
-
974
887
$
$
$
$
3.3 $
2.2 $
A summary of the activity for the Company’s restricted stock for the period indicated is presented in the following table:
(In dollars, except share data):
Restricted stock at January 1, 2015
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Restricted stock at December 31, 2015
Number
of
Common
Shares
226,871
79,860
(81,883)
(6,277)
218,571
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
$ 21.07
$ 26.20
$ 19.97
$ 22.97
$ 23.30
NOTE 13 – PENSION, PROFIT SHARING, AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The Company has a qualified, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees.
All benefit accruals for employees were frozen as of December 31, 2007 based on past service and thus future salary increases
and additional years of service will no longer affect the defined benefit provided by the plan although additional vesting may
continue to occur.
The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended. In addition, the Company contributes additional
amounts as it deems appropriate based on benefits attributed to service prior to the date of the plan freeze. The Plan invests
primarily in a diversified portfolio of managed fixed income and equity funds.
95
The Plan’s funded status at December 31 is as follows:
(In thousands)
Reconciliation of Projected Benefit Obligation:
Projected obligation at January 1
Interest cost
Actuarial gain (loss)
Benefit payments
Increase (decrease) related to change in assumptions
Projected obligation at December 31
Reconciliation of Fair Value of Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
Actual return on plan assets
Benefit payments
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
$
2015
2014
42,629 $
1,629
(212)
(1,971)
(2,659)
39,416
33,200
(546)
(1,971)
30,683
33,559
1,600
367
(1,406)
8,509
42,629
33,244
1,362
(1,406)
33,200
Funded status at December 31
$
(8,733) $
(9,429)
Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31
$
39,416 $
42,629
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
Net periodic pension cost not yet recognized
$
$
13,038 $
13,038 $
14,774
14,774
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are presented in the following table:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
2015
4.26%
N/A
2014
3.91%
N/A
2013
4.77%
N/A
The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:
(In thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial loss
Adjustment due to settlement accounting for termination liability
Net periodic benefit cost
2015
2014
2013
$
$
1,629 $
(1,622)
1,032
-
1,039 $
1,600 $
(1,971)
251
-
(120) $
1,550
(1,668)
1,255
269
1,406
96
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31 are presented in the
following table:
Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase
2015
3.91%
5.00%
N/A
2014
4.77%
6.00%
N/A
2013
4.00%
5.50%
N/A
The expected rate of return on assets of 5.00% reflects the Plan’s predominant investment of assets in equity securities and an
analysis of the average rate of return of the S&P 500 index and 10 year U. S. Treasury bonds over the past 10 years.
The following table reflects the components of the net unrecognized benefits costs that is reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated. Additions represent the growth in the unrecognized actuarial loss during
the period. Reductions represent the portion of the unrecognized benefits that are recognized each period as a component of the
net periodic benefit cost.
(In thousands)
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at January 1, 2013
Reductions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Decrease related to change in assumptions
Excess if distributions over reduction in projected benefit obligations
Loss recognized due to settlement
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2013
Additions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Increase related to change in assumptions
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2014
Additions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Decrease related to change in assumptions
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2015
Applicable tax effect
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax effect at December 31, 2015
Amount expected to be recognized as part of net periodic pension cost in the next fiscal year
There are no plan assets expected to be returned to the employer in the next twelve months.
Unrecognized
Net
Gain/(Loss)
$
$
$
14,879
(3,969)
(1,255)
(4,099)
254
(271)
5,539
977
(251)
8,509
14,774
1,955
(1,032)
(2,659)
13,038
(5,175)
7,863
1,135
The following items have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost at December 31:
(In thousands)
Net actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit cost not yet recognized
2015
2014
2013
$
$
(13,038) $
(13,038) $
(14,774) $
(14,774) $
(5,539)
(5,539)
97
Pension Plan Assets
The Company’s pension plan weighted average allocations at December 31 are presented in the following table:
Asset Category:
Cash and certificates of deposit
Equity Securities:
Debt Securities
Total pension plan assets
2015
2014
9.7 %
71.6
18.7
100.0 %
4.6 %
69.4
26.0
100.0 %
The Company has a written investment policy approved by the board of directors that governs the investment of the defined benefit
pension fund trust portfolio. The investment policy is designed to provide limits on risk that is undertaken by the investment
managers both in terms of market volatility of the portfolio and the quality of the individual assets that are held in the portfolio. The
investment policy statement focuses on the following areas of concern: preservation of capital, diversification, risk tolerance,
investment duration, rate of return, liquidity and investment management costs.
The Company has constituted the Retirement Plans Investment Committee (“RPIC”) in part to monitor the investments of the Plan as
well as to recommend to executive management changes in the Investment Policy Statement which governs the Plan’s investment
operations. These recommendations include asset allocation changes based on a number of factors including the investment horizon
for the Plan. The Company’s Trust Division is the investment manager of the Plan and also serves as an advisor to RPIC on the
Plan’s investment matters.
Investment strategies and asset allocations are based on careful consideration of plan liabilities, the plan’s funded status and the
Company’s financial condition. Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis. The
current target allocations for plan assets are 50-70% for equity securities, 30-40% for fixed income securities and 0-10% for cash
equivalents. This asset allocation has been set after taking into consideration the Plan’s current frozen status and the possibility of
partial plan terminations over the intermediate term.
Market volatility risk is controlled by limiting the asset allocation of the most volatile asset class, equities, to no more than 70% of
the portfolio and by ensuring that there is sufficient liquidity to meet distribution requirements from the portfolio without disrupting
long-term assets. Diversification of the equity portion of the portfolio is controlled by limiting the value of any initial acquisition so
that it does not exceed 5% of the market value of the portfolio when purchased. The policy requires the sale of any portion of an
equity position when its value exceeds 10% of the portfolio. Fixed income market volatility risk is managed by limiting the term of
fixed income investments to five years. Fixed income investments must carry an “A” or better rating by a recognized credit rating
agency. Corporate debt of a single issuer may not exceed 10% of the market value of the portfolio. The investment in derivative
instruments such as “naked” call options, futures, commodities, and short selling is prohibited. Investment in equity index funds and
the writing of “covered” call options (a conservative strategy to increase portfolio income) are permitted. Foreign currency-
denominated debt instruments are not permitted. At December 31, 2015, management is of the opinion that there are no significant
concentrations of risk in the assets of the plan with respect to any single entity, industry, country, commodity or investment fund that
are not otherwise mitigated by FDIC insurance available to the participants of the plan and collateral pledged for any such amount
that may not be covered by FDIC insurance. Investment performance is measured against industry accepted benchmarks. The risk
tolerance and asset allocation limitations imposed by the policy are consistent with attaining the rate of return assumptions used in
the actuarial funding calculations. The RPIC committee meets quarterly to review the activities of the investment managers to ensure
adherence with the Investment Policy Statement.
98
Fair Values
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset category at December 31 are presented in the following tables:
(In thousands)
Asset Category:
Cash and certificates of deposit
Equity Securities:
Industrials
Financials
Telecommunication services
Consumer
Health care
Information technology
Energy
Materials
Equity-based mutual funds
Other
Total equity securities
Fixed income securities:
Corporate bonds
Other
Total pension plan assets
(In thousands)
Asset Category:
Cash and certificates of deposit
Equity Securities:
Industrials
Financials
Telecommunication services
Consumer
Health care
Information technology
Energy
Materials
Other
Total equity securities
Fixed income securities:
Corporate bonds
Other
Total pension plan assets
2015
Quoted Prices in Significant Other
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
$
2,853 $
- $
- $
2,853
2,020
2,025
1,060
3,061
2,355
3,156
758
367
5,205
1,949
21,956
-
124
24,933 $
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5,750
-
5,750 $
2014
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
2,020
2,025
1,060
3,061
2,355
3,156
758
367
5,205
1,949
21,956
5,750
124
30,683
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
$
1,381 $
- $
- $
1,381
2,853
1,881
1,279
3,769
3,047
4,378
2,301
1,190
2,355
23,053
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
143
24,577 $
8,623
-
8,623 $
$
-
-
- $
2,853
1,881
1,279
3,769
3,047
4,378
2,301
1,190
2,355
23,053
8,623
143
33,200
99
Contributions
The decision as to whether or not to make a plan contribution and the amount of any such contribution is dependent on a number
of factors. Such factors include the investment performance of the plan assets in the current economy and, since the plan is
currently frozen, the remaining investment horizon of the plan. Given these uncertainties, management continues to monitor the
funding level of the pension plan and may make contributions as necessary during 2016.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, that are expected to be paid for the years ending
December 31 are presented in the following table:
(In thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021 - 2025
$
Pension
Benefits
1,596
1,460
1,482
1,806
1,660
10,744
Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan
The Sandy Spring Bank 401(k) Plan includes a 401(k) provision with a Company match. The 401(k) provision is voluntary and
covers all eligible employees after ninety days of service. Employees contributing to the 401(k) provision receive a matching
contribution of 100% of the first 3% of compensation and 50% of the next 2% of compensation subject to employee contribution
limitations. The Company matching contribution vests immediately. The Plan permits employees to purchase shares of Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc. common stock with their 401(k) contributions, Company match, and other contributions under the Plan. The
Company’s matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan that are included in non-interest expenses totaled $2.0 million, $1.8 million
and $ 1.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Executive Incentive Retirement Plan
The Executive Incentive Retirement Plan is a non-qualified deferred compensation defined contribution plan that provides for
contributions to be made to the participants’ plan accounts based on the attainment of a level of financial performance compared
to a selected group of peer banks. This level of performance is determined annually by the board of directors. Benefit costs
related to the Plan included in non-interest expense for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $0.2 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million,
respectively.
100
NOTE 14 – OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Selected components of other non-interest income and other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31 are presented
in the following table:
(In thousands)
Letter of credit fees
Extension fees
Other income
Total other non-interest income
(In thousands)
Professional fees
Other real estate owned
Postage and delivery
Communications
Other expenses
Total other non-interest expense
2015
2014
2013
790 $
503
5,521
6,814 $
706 $
560
4,219
5,485 $
881
558
5,260
6,699
2015
2014
2013
4,819 $
76
1,173
1,587
10,896
18,551 $
4,544 $
100
1,286
1,507
10,581
18,018 $
4,479
(303)
1,299
1,606
9,129
16,210
$
$
$
$
NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES
The following table provides the components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31:
(In thousands)
Current income taxes:
Federal
State
Total current
Deferred income taxes:
Federal
State
Total deferred
Total income tax expense
2015
2014
2013
$
17,890 $
4,140
22,030
13,671 $
3,103
16,774
10
(13)
(3)
22,027 $
554
254
808
17,582 $
$
15,391
3,824
19,215
2,743
605
3,348
22,563
The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material, and did not recognize any adjustments for
unrecognized tax benefits.
101
Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities result in
deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities, shown as the sum of the appropriate tax effect for each significant type of
temporary difference, are presented in the following table at December 31 for the years indicated:
(In thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Employee benefits
Pension plan OCI
Deferred loan fees and costs
Non-qualified stock option expense
Losses on other real estate owned
Other than temporary impairment
Loan and deposit premium/discount
Reserve for recourse loans
Loss carryforward
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Unrealized gains on investments available-for-sale
Pension plan costs
Depreciation
Intangible assets
Bond accretion
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
2015
2014
$
$
16,231 $
1,852
5,175
315
522
32
322
293
199
-
9
24,950
-
24,950
(4,319)
(1,709)
(1,338)
(1,542)
(228)
(18)
(9,154)
15,796 $
15,022
1,779
5,873
212
503
98
322
476
199
273
6
24,763
(287)
24,476
(5,327)
(2,124)
(55)
(1,276)
(174)
(16)
(8,972)
15,504
The reconcilements between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective rate for the years ended December 31 are
presented in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Tax exempt income, net
Bank-owned life insurance
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits
Other, net
Total income tax expense and rate
2015
Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income
2014
Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income
2013
Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income
Amount
Amount
Amount
$
23,584
35.0 % $
19,523
35.0 % $
23,445
35.0 %
(3,457)
(900)
2,687
113
22,027
$
(5.1)
(1.3)
4.0
0.1
32.7 % $
(3,468)
(855)
2,182
200
17,582
(6.2)
(1.5)
3.9
0.4
31.6 % $
(3,185)
(875)
2,879
299
22,563
(4.7)
(1.3)
4.3
0.4
33.7 %
The variability in the effective tax rate over the three year period was due primarily to the proportion of tax exempt income
compared to income before taxes for each year.
102
NOTE 16 – NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
The calculation of net income per common share for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:
(Dollars and amounts in thousands, except per share data)
2015
2014
2013
Net income
$
45,355 $
38,200 $
44,422
Basic:
Basic weighted average EPS shares
24,609
25,047
24,961
Basic net income per share
$
1.84 $
1.53 $
1.78
Diluted:
Basic weighted average EPS shares
Dilutive common stock equivalents
Dilutive EPS shares
Diluted net income per share
Anti-dilutive shares
24,609
89
24,698
25,047
92
25,139
$
1.84 $
1.52 $
7
56
24,961
114
25,075
1.77
164
NOTE 17 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as net income plus transactions and other occurrences that are the result of non-owner
changes in equity. For financial statements presented for the Company, non-equity changes are comprised of unrealized gains or
losses on available-for-sale debt securities and any minimum pension liability adjustments. These do not have an impact on the
Company’s net income. The following table presents the activity in net accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the
periods indicated:
(In thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2013
Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2013
Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2014
Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2015
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on
Investments
Defined Benefit
Available-for-Sale
Pension Plan
Total
20,258 $
(19,900)
358
7,720
8,078
(1,512)
6,566 $
(8,946) $
5,618
(3,328)
(5,573)
(8,901)
1,038
(7,863) $
11,312
(14,282)
(2,970)
2,147
(823)
(474)
(1,297)
$
$
103
The following table provides the information on the reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) for the periods indicated:
(In thousands)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investments available-for-sale
Affected line item in the Statements of Income:
Investment securities gains
Income before taxes
Tax expense
Net income
Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items
Affected line item in the Statements of Income:
Recognized actuarial loss (1)
Income before taxes
Tax expense
Net income
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
36 $
36
14
$
22 $
5 $
5
2
3 $
$
$
1,736 $
1,736
698
1,038 $
(9,235) $
(9,235)
(3,662)
(5,573) $
115
115
46
69
9,340
9,340
3,722
5,618
(1) This amount is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost, see Note 13
NOTE 18 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business, the Company has various outstanding credit commitments that are not reflected in the financial
statements. These commitments are made to satisfy the financing needs of the Company's clients. The associated credit risk is
controlled by subjecting such activity to the same credit and quality controls as exist for the Company's lending and investing
activities. The commitments involve diverse business and consumer customers and are generally well collateralized. Collateral
held varies, but may include residential real estate, commercial real estate, property and equipment, inventory and accounts
receivable. Since a portion of the commitments have some likelihood of not being exercised, the amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements.
A summary of the financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk is as follows at December 31 for the years indicated:
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate development and construction
Residential real estate-development and construction
Real estate-residential mortgage
Lines of credit, principally home equity and business lines
Standby letters of credit
Total Commitments to extend credit and available credit lines
2015
2014
$
$
234,552 $
80,935
23,375
879,326
66,012
1,284,200 $
212,628
100,264
12,667
810,552
58,144
1,194,255
104
The Company has entered into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactions and meet their financing needs.
These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments. Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of
dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is
positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit risk to the Company.
When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the customer or counterparty and
therefore, has no credit risk. The swap positions are offset to minimize the potential impact on the Company’s financial
statements. Credit risk exists if the borrower’s collateral or financial condition indicates that the underlying collateral or financial
condition of the borrower makes it probable that amounts due will be uncollectible. Any amounts due to the Company will be
expected to be collected from the borrower. Management reviews this credit exposure on a monthly basis. At December 31,
2015 and 2014, all loans associated with the swap agreements were determined to be “pass” rated credits as provided by
regulatory guidance and therefore no component of credit loss was factored into the valuation of the swaps. A summary of the
Company’s interest rate swaps at December 31 for the years indicated is included in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Fair Value Maturity
Rate
Notional
Estimated
Years to
Receive
2015
Pay
Rate
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps
Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps
Total Swaps
$
9,942 $
9,942
$
19,884 $
(1,312)
1,312
-
4.15 %
5.34 %
4.74 %
5.34 %
4.15 %
4.74 %
7.4
7.4
7.4
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps
Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps
Total Swaps
Notional
Amount
Estimated
Years to
Receive
Fair Value
Maturity
Rate
Pay
Rate
$
10,425 $
10,425
$
20,850 $
(1,501)
1,501
-
8.5
8.5
8.5
2.53 %
5.31 %
3.92 %
5.31 %
2.53 %
3.92 %
The estimated fair value of the swaps at December 31 for the periods indicated in the table above were recorded in other assets
and other liabilities. The associated net gains and losses on the swaps are recorded in other non-interest income.
NOTE 19 – LITIGATION
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject in the ordinary course of business to various pending or threatened legal
proceedings in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. During 2014, the Company accrued $6.5 million for litigation
expenses as a result of an adverse jury verdict rendered in the second quarter of 2014 associated with the actions of a former
employee of CommerceFirst Bank, which was acquired in 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2015, as a result of a settlement of all
claims, including claims for a contribution from its insurer relating to this litigation, the Company reversed $4.5 million in the
previously accrued litigation expenses.
After consultation with legal counsel, management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any other
legal matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, operating results or liquidity.
105
NOTE 20 – FAIR VALUE
Generally accepted accounting principles provide entities the option to measure eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and
commitments at fair value (i.e. the fair value option), on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be
accounted for at fair value under other accounting standards. The election to use the fair value option is available when an entity
first recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon entering into a commitment. Subsequent changes in fair value must
be recorded in earnings. The Company applies the fair value option on residential mortgage loans held for sale. The fair value
option on residential mortgage loans allows the recognition of gains on sale of mortgage loans to more accurately reflect the
timing and economics of the transaction.
The standard for fair value measurement establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used
to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the
fair value hierarchy are described below.
Basis of Fair Value Measurement:
Level 1- Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical,
unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2- Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for
substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
Level 3- Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and
unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).
A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair
value measurement.
Changes to interest rates may result in changes in the cash flows due to prepayments or extinguishments. Accordingly, this could
result in higher or lower measurements of the fair values.
Assets and Liabilities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on quotations from the secondary market for similar instruments and are classified
as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Investments available-for-sale
U.S. government agencies, mortgage-backed securities and corporate debt
Valuations are based on active market data and use of evaluated broker pricing models that vary based by asset class and
includes available trade, bid, and other market information. Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes,
proprietary models, descriptive terms and conditions databases coupled with extensive quality control programs.
Multiple quality control evaluation processes review available market, credit and deal level information to support the
evaluation of the security. If there is a lack of objectively verifiable information available to support the valuation, the
evaluation of the security is discontinued. Additionally, proprietary models and pricing systems, mathematical tools,
actual transacted prices, integration of market developments and experienced evaluators are used to determine the value
of a security based on a hierarchy of market information regarding a security or securities with similar characteristics.
The Company does not adjust the quoted price for such securities. Such instruments are generally classified within
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
State and municipal securities
Proprietary valuation matrices are used for valuing all tax-exempt municipals that can incorporate changes in the
municipal market as they occur. Market evaluation models include the ability to value bank qualified municipals and
general market municipals that can be broken down further according to insurer, credit support, state of issuance and
rating to incorporate additional spreads and municipal curves. Taxable municipals are valued using a third party model
that incorporates a methodology that captures the trading nuances associated with these bonds. Such instruments are
generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
106
Trust preferred securities
In active markets, these types of instruments are valued based on quoted market prices that are readily accessible at the
measurement date and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Positions that are not traded in active
markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are valued or adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and
such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management uses a
process that employs certain assumptions to determine the present value. For further information, refer to Note 3 –
Investments. Positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are classified within
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Interest rate swap agreements
Interest rate swap agreements are measured by alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency in markets
that are not active. Based on the complex nature of interest rate swap agreements, the markets these instruments trade in are not
as efficient and are less liquid than that of the more mature Level 1 markets. These markets do however have comparable,
observable inputs in which an alternative pricing source values these assets in order to arrive at a fair market value. These
characteristics classify interest rate swap agreements as Level 2.
107
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities at the December 31 for the years indicated that were
accounted for or disclosed at fair value. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that
is significant to the fair value measurement:
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
2015
Significant
Significant Other Unobservable
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Observable
(Level 2)
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
$
- $
15,457 $
- $
15,457
-
-
-
-
-
-
108,400
164,707
316,696
-
1,223
1,312
-
-
-
1,023
-
-
108,400
164,707
316,696
1,023
1,223
1,312
$
- $
(1,312) $
- $
(1,312)
2014
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Significant Other Unobservable
Significant
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
$
- $
10,512 $
- $
10,512
-
-
-
-
-
-
141,679
167,052
361,519
-
723
1,501
-
-
-
1,236
-
-
141,679
167,052
361,519
1,236
723
1,501
(In thousands)
Assets
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
Investments available-for-sale:
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Marketable equity securities
Interest rate swap agreements
Liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements
(In thousands)
Assets
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
Investments available-for-sale:
U.S. government agencies
State and municipal
Mortgage-backed
Trust preferred
Marketable equity securities
Interest rate swap agreements
Liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements
$
- $
(1,501) $
- $
(1,501)
108
The following table provides unrealized losses included in assets measured in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at fair
value on a recurring basis for the periods indicated:
(In thousands)
Investments available-for-sale:
Balance at January 1, 2015
Principal redemption
Total unrealized losses included in other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance at December 31, 2015
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
$
$
1,236
(259)
46
1,023
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring
basis at December 31 for the year indicated that are valued at the lower of cost or market. Assets are classified in their entirety
based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
$
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
2015
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total
Total Losses
- $
-
- $
9,349 $
2,742
12,091 $
9,349 $
2,742
12,091 $
10,348
(80)
10,268
- $
-
- $
(In thousands)
Impaired loans (1)
Other real estate owned
Total
$
(1) Amounts represent the fair value of collateral for impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Fair values are determined using actual market prices
(Level 2), independent third party valuations and borrower records, discounted as appropriate (Level 3).
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
$
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
2014
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total
Total Losses
- $
-
- $
7,819 $
3,195
11,014 $
7,819 $
3,195
11,014 $
13,893
(247)
13,646
- $
-
- $
(In thousands)
Impaired loans (1)
Other real estate owned
Total
$
(1) Amounts represent the fair value of collateral for impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Fair values are determined using actual market prices
(Level 2), independent third party valuations and borrower records, discounted as appropriate (Level 3).
At December 31, 2015, impaired loans totaling $28.9 million were written down to fair value of $25.5 million as a result of
specific loan loss allowances of $3.4 million associated with the impaired loans which was included in the allowance for loan
losses. Impaired loans totaling $29.4 million were written down to fair value of $26.5 million at December 31, 2014 as a result of
specific loan loss allowances of $2.9 million associated with the impaired loans.
109
Loan impairment is measured using the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value
of the collateral (less selling costs) if the loans are collateral dependent. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets
including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable. The value of business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable
collateral is based on net book value on the business’ financial statements and, if necessary, discounted based on management’s
review and analysis. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in
market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business.
Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based
on the factors identified above. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to OREO. Subsequently, OREO is carried
at the lower of carrying value or fair value. The estimated fair value for other real estate owned included in Level 3 is determined
by independent market based appraisals and other available market information, less cost to sell, that may be reduced further
based on market expectations or an executed sales agreement. If the fair value of the collateral deteriorates subsequent to initial
recognition, the Company records the OREO as a non-recurring Level 3 adjustment. Valuation techniques are consistent with
those techniques applied in prior periods.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value,
whether or not such financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet. Fair value is the amount at which a financial
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation, and is
best evidenced by a quoted market price, if one exists.
Quoted market prices, where available, are shown as estimates of fair market values. Because no quoted market prices are
available for a significant portion of the Company's financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been derived
based on the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount rates.
Present value techniques used in estimating the fair value of many of the Company's financial instruments are significantly
affected by the assumptions used. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to
independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate cash settlement of the instrument. Additionally, the
accompanying estimates of fair values are only representative of the fair values of the individual financial assets and liabilities,
and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.
110
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 for the year indicated are presented
in the following table:
(In thousands)
Financial Assets
2015
Quoted Prices in
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated
Active Markets for
Significant Other
Significant
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Identical Assets
Observable Inputs
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
Investments held-to-maturity and other equity securities
$
249,601
$
253,040
$
3,454,475
3,526,807
90,866
90,866
-
-
-
$
253,040
$
-
90,866
Loans, net of allowance
Other assets
Financial Liabilities
Time Deposits
Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and
federal funds purchased
Advances from FHLB
Subordinated debentures
109,145
685,000
35,000
109,145
704,410
14,694
$
508,444
$
508,000
$
-
$
508,000
$
2014
Estimated
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
$
261,410
$
263,697
$
3,089,590
88,657
3,118,635
88,657
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
$
263,697
$
-
88,657
109,145
704,410
-
Fair Value Measurements
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
444,922
$
444,729
$
-
$
444,729
$
74,432
655,000
35,000
74,432
679,163
13,276
-
-
-
74,432
679,163
-
-
3,526,807
-
-
-
-
14,694
-
3,118,635
-
-
-
-
13,276
(In thousands)
Financial Assets
Investments held-to-maturity and other equity securities
Loans, net of allowance
Other assets
Financial Liabilities
Time Deposits
Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and
federal funds purchased
Advances from FHLB
Subordinated debentures
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each category of financial instruments for which it
is practicable to estimate that value:
Cash and temporary investments: The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value and have
been excluded from the table above.
Investments: The fair value of marketable securities is based on quoted market prices, prices quoted for similar instruments, and
prices obtained from independent pricing services.
Loans: For certain categories of loans, such as mortgage, installment and commercial loans, the fair value is estimated by
discounting the expected future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings and similar remaining maturities. Expected cash flows were projected based on contractual cash flows, adjusted for
estimated prepayments.
Accrued interest receivable: The carrying value of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value due to the short-term
duration and has been excluded from the table above.
Other assets: The investment in bank-owned life insurance represents the cash surrender value of the policies at December 31,
2015 and 2014, respectively, as determined by the each insurance carrier. The carrying value of accrued interest receivable
approximates fair values due to the short-term duration.
111
Deposits: The fair value of demand, money market savings and regular savings deposits, which have no stated maturity, were
considered equal to their carrying amount, representing the amount payable on demand. While management believes that the
Bank’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value
separate from the value of the deposit balances, these estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit
relationships, which comprise a significant portion of the Bank’s deposit base.
Short-term borrowings: The carrying values of short-term borrowings, including overnight, securities sold under agreements to
repurchase and federal funds purchased approximates the fair values due to the short maturities of those instruments.
Long-term borrowings: The fair value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta advances and subordinated debentures was
estimated by computing the discounted value of contractual cash flows payable at current interest rates for obligations with
similar remaining terms. The Company's credit risk is not material to calculation of fair value because these borrowings are
collateralized. The Company classifies advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta within Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy since the fair value of such borrowings is based on rates currently available for borrowings with similar terms and
remaining maturities. Subordinated debentures are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the lack of market
activity of such instruments.
Accrued interest payable: The carrying value of accrued interest payable approximates fair value due to the short-term duration
and has been excluded from the previous table.
NOTE 21 – PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Financial statements for Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Only) for the periods indicated are presented in the following tables:
Statement of Condition
(In thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments available-for-sale (at fair value)
Investments held-to-maturity
Investment in subsidiary
Loan to subsidiary
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Subordinated debentures
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
112
December 31,
2015
2014
9,154 $
1,223
2,100
511,841
35,000
352
559,670 $
12,088
723
-
508,821
35,000
342
556,974
35,000 $
243
35,243
35,000
223
35,223
24,296
175,588
325,840
(1,297)
524,427
559,670 $
25,045
194,647
302,882
(823)
521,751
556,974
$
$
$
$
Statements of Income
(In thousands)
Income:
Cash dividends from subsidiary
Other income
Total income
Expenses:
Interest
Other expenses
Total expenses
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
42,580 $
995
43,575
19,530 $
902
20,432
16,585
931
17,516
895
1,044
1,939
15,577
(271)
15,848
28,574
44,422
899
1,123
2,022
41,553
(308)
41,861
3,494
45,355 $
881
1,060
1,941
18,491
(266)
18,757
19,443
38,200 $
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
Income tax benefit
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
Net income
$
Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
$
45,355 $
38,200 $
44,422
Equity in undistributed income-subsidiary
Dividends receivable from subsidiary bank
Share based compensation expense
Other-net
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Purchase of investment available-for-sale
Net cash used by investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Tax benefit from stock options exercised
Repurchase of common stock
Dividends paid
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
(3,494)
(19,443)
(28,574)
1,979
10
43,850
(2,600)
(2,600)
1,452
(261)
19,948
-
-
487
350
(22,624)
(22,397)
(44,184)
(2,934)
12,088
9,154 $
394
321
(910)
(19,216)
(19,411)
537
11,551
12,088 $
1,688
(43)
17,493
-
-
153
-
-
(16,130)
(15,977)
1,516
10,035
11,551
$
113
NOTE 22 – REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and the Bank's financial statements. Under
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated
under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established and defined by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to
maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1
capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the capital levels of the Company and the Bank substantially
exceeded all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
As of December 31, 2015, the most recent notification from the Bank’s primary regulator categorized the Bank as well capitalized
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain
minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the
following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's
category.
The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31 for the years indicated are presented in the
following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
As of December 31, 2015:
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk-
weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring
Tier 1 Leverage
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
As of December 31, 2014:
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
Tier 1 Leverage
Company
Sandy Spring Bank
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
519,179
505,510
14.25 % $
13.90 % $
291,444
290,920
8.00 %
8.00 % $
N/A
363,650
N/A
10.00 %
478,284
429,615
13.13 % $
11.81 % $
218,583
218,190
6.00 %
6.00 % $
N/A
N/A
290,920
8.00 %
443,284
429,615
12.17 % $
11.81 % $
163,937
163,642
4.50 %
4.50 % $
N/A
N/A
236,372
6.50 %
478,284
429,615
10.60 % $
9.53 % $
180,463
180,279
4.00 %
4.00 % $
N/A
N/A
225,349
5.00 %
511,845
497,832
15.06 % $
14.66 % $
271,925
271,676
8.00 %
8.00 % $
N/A
339,595
N/A
10.00 %
474,042
425,029
13.95 % $
12.52 % $
135,962
135,838
4.00 %
4.00 % $
N/A
N/A
203,757
6.00 %
474,042
425,029
11.26 % $
10.11 % $
126,261
126,152
3.00 %
3.00 % $
N/A
N/A
210,254
5.00 %
114
NOTE 23 - SEGMENT REPORTING
Currently, the Company conducts business in three operating segments—Community Banking, Insurance and Investment
Management. Each of the operating segments is a strategic business unit that offers different products and services. The
Insurance and Investment Management segments were businesses that were acquired in separate transactions where management
of acquisition was retained. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company. However, the
segment data reflect inter-segment transactions and balances.
The Community Banking segment is conducted through Sandy Spring Bank and involves delivering a broad range of financial
products and services, including various loan and deposit products to both individuals and businesses. Parent company income is
included in the Community Banking segment, as the majority of effort of these functions is related to this segment. Major revenue
sources include net interest income, gains on sales of mortgage loans, trust income, fees on sales of investment products and service
charges on deposit accounts. Expenses include personnel, occupancy, marketing, equipment and other expenses. Non-cash charges
associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2015,
2014 and 2013, respectively.
The Insurance segment is conducted through Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation, a subsidiary of the Bank, and offers annuities as
an alternative to traditional deposit accounts. Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation operates Sandy Spring Insurance, a general
insurance agency located in Annapolis, Maryland, and Neff and Associates, located in Ocean City, Maryland. Major sources of
revenue are insurance commissions from commercial lines, personal lines, and medical liability lines. Expenses include personnel
and support charges. Non-cash charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities was not significant
for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The Investment Management segment is conducted through West Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of the Bank. This asset
management and financial planning firm, located in McLean, Virginia, provides comprehensive investment management and
financial planning to individuals, families, small businesses and associations including cash flow analysis, investment review, tax
planning, retirement planning, insurance analysis and estate planning. West Financial currently has approximately $1.1 billion in
assets under management. Major revenue sources include non-interest income earned on the above services. Expenses include
personnel and support charges. Non-cash charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities was not
significant for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
115
Information for the operating segments and reconciliation of the information to the consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31 is presented in the following tables:
(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
$
$
Community
Banking
Insurance
2015
Investment
Mgmt.
Inter-
Elimination
Total
158,313 $
20,119
5,371
53,398
122,183
64,038
20,710
43,328 $
1 $
-
-
5,516
5,189
328
141
187 $
4 $
-
-
7,104
4,092
3,016
1,176
1,840 $
(6) $
(6)
-
(16,117)
(16,117)
-
-
- $
158,312
20,113
5,371
49,901
115,347
67,382
22,027
45,355
Assets
$ 4,656,573 $
5,542 $
12,658 $
(19,393) $ 4,655,380
(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Community
2014
Investment
Banking
Insurance
Mgmt.
Inter-Segment
Elimination
Total
$
$
148,366 $
18,835
(163)
38,388
115,577
52,505
16,300
36,205 $
6 $
-
-
5,386
5,290
102
43
59 $
11 $
-
-
6,798
3,634
3,175
1,239
1,936 $
(17) $
(17)
-
(3,701)
(3,701)
-
-
- $
148,366
18,818
(163)
46,871
120,800
55,782
17,582
38,200
Assets
$ 4,399,133 $
5,842 $
11,913 $
(19,756) $ 4,397,132
(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Community
2013
Investment
Banking
Insurance
Mgmt.
Inter-Segment
Elimination
Total
$
$
149,347 $
19,458
(1,084)
36,588
104,392
63,169
21,060
42,109 $
9 $
-
-
5,280
4,392
897
363
534 $
16 $
-
-
6,284
3,381
2,919
1,140
1,779 $
(25) $
(25)
-
(641)
(641)
-
-
- $
149,347
19,433
(1,084)
47,511
111,524
66,985
22,563
44,422
Assets
$ 4,143,368 $
13,990 $
18,132 $
(69,390) $ 4,106,100
116
NOTE 24 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
A summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31 is provided in the following tables:
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
2015
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
38,072 $
4,699
33,373
597
13,159
29,244
16,691
5,466
11,225 $
38,849 $
4,916
33,933
1,218
12,109
29,477
15,347
5,014
10,333 $
40,317 $
5,201
35,116
1,706
12,390
29,630
16,170
5,175
10,995 $
41,074
5,297
35,777
1,850
12,243
26,996
19,174
6,372
12,802
0.45 $
0.45 $
0.42 $
0.42 $
0.45 $
0.45 $
0.53
0.52
2014
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
36,250 $
4,658
31,592
(982)
11,249
27,549
16,274
5,346
10,928 $
36,991 $
4,682
32,309
158
11,694
34,141
9,704
2,722
6,982 $
37,150 $
4,730
32,420
(192)
12,590
28,632
16,570
5,428
11,142 $
37,975
4,748
33,227
853
11,338
30,478
13,234
4,086
9,148
0.44 $
0.43 $
0.28 $
0.28 $
0.44 $
0.44 $
0.37
0.36
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Fourth Quarter 2015 Changes In Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
No change occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
117
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) as of December 31, 2015. The Company’s chief
executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief
executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of
December 31, 2015.
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is located on page 58 of this report.
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The material labeled “Information as to Nominees and Incumbent Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Code of Business
Conduct,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,” “Shareholder Proposals and
Communications,” and “Report of the Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.
Information regarding executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers” on page 15 of this Report.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The material labeled "Corporate Governance and Other Matters," "Executive Compensation," and "Compensation Committee
Report" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The material labeled “Owners of More than 5% of Bancorp’s Common Stock” and, "Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive
Officers" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference. Information regarding securities authorized for
issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from “Equity Compensation Plans” on page 27.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The material labeled “Director Independence” and "Transactions and Relationships with Management" in the Proxy Statement is
incorporated in this Report by reference.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The material labeled “Audit and Non-Audit” Fees in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.
PART IV.
Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report:
118
Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidates Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Registered Public Accounting Firm
All financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either not applicable or included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements or related Notes.
119
Exhibit No.
3(a)
Description
Incorporated by Reference to:
Articles of Incorporation of Sandy Spring
Bancorp, Inc., as amended
Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1996, SEC File No. 0-19065
3(b)
3(c)
4(a)
10(a)*
10(b)*
10(c)*
10(d)*
10(e)*
10(f)*
10(g)*
10(h)*
10(i)*
10(j)*
10(k)*
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit 3(b) to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065
Bylaws of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
No long-term debt instrument issued by the
Company exceeds 10% of consolidated assets or
is registered. In accordance with paragraph 4(iii)
of Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, the Company
will furnish the SEC copies of all long-term debt
instruments and related agreements upon request.
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Stock
Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated June 27,
2005, SEC File No. 0-19065
Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement, August
26, 1997, as amended
Employment Agreement by and among Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and
Philip J. Mantua
Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2003, SEC File No. 0-
19065
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 17,
2012, SEC File No. 0-19065
Employment Agreement by and among Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and
Daniel J. Schrider
Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-
19065
Form of Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland
Officer Group Term Replacement Plan
Exhibit 10(r) to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2001, SEC File No. 0-19065
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Directors’ Stock
Purchase Plan
Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form
S-8, File No. 333-166808
Sandy Spring Bank Executive Incentive
Retirement Plan
Form of Amendment to Directors’ Fee Deferral
Agreement
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Exhibit 10(v) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2007, SEC File No. 0-
19065
Exhibit 10(o) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-
19065
Appendix A of the Definitive Proxy
Statement filed on March 28, 2011, SEC File
No. 0-19065
Change in Control Agreement by and among
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank,
and R. Louis Caceres
Exhibit 10(m) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2011, SEC File No. 0-
19065
Employment Agreement by and among Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and
Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr.
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 17,
2012, SEC File No. 0-19065
10(l)*
Executive Team Incentive Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 31,
2011, SEC File No. 0-19065
120
Incorporated by Reference to:
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated March 7,
2013, SEC File No. 0-19065
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated March 7,
2013, SEC File No. 0-19065
Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K dated March 7,
2013, SEC File No. 0-19065
Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K dated March 7,
2013, SEC File No. 0-19065
Exhibit 10(t) to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065
Appendix A of the Definitive Proxy
Statement filed on March 31, 2015, SEC File
No. 0-19065
Exhibit No.
10(m)*
10(n)*
10(o)*
10(p)*
10(q)*
10(r)*
21
23(a)
31(a)
31(b)
32(a)
32(b)
101
Description
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement
Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
Spring Bank and Daniel J. Schrider dated
January 1, 2009
Amendment to Employment Agreement
Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
Spring Bank and Philip J. Mantua dated January
13, 2012
Amendment to Employment Agreement
Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
Spring Bank and Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr. dated
January 13, 2012
Amendment to Change in Control Agreement
Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy
Spring Bank and R. Louis Caceres dated March
9, 2012
Change in Control Agreement Between Sandy
Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and
Ronald E. Kuykendall dated March 7, 2013
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Subsidiaries
Consent of Ernst and Young LLP
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification
The following materials from the Sandy Spring
Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2015 formatted in
Extensible Business Reporting Language
(XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of
Condition; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of
Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows; (v) the Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity;
and (vi) related notes.
* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this Report.
Shareholders may obtain, upon payment of a reasonable fee, a copy of the exhibits to this Report on Form 10-K by writing Ronald E.
Kuykendall, General Counsel and Secretary, at Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland 20832.
Shareholders also may access a copy of the Form 10-K including exhibits on the SEC Web site at www.sec.gov or through the
Company’s Investor Relations Web site maintained at www.sandyspringbank.com.
121
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)
By:/ s/ Daniel J. Schrider
Daniel J. Schrider
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of March 4, 2016.
Principal Executive Officer and Director:
/s/ Daniel J. Schrider
Daniel J. Schrider
President and Chief Executive Officer
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer:
/s/ Philip J. Mantua
Philip J. Mantua
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Signature
/s/ Mona Abutaleb
Mona Abutaleb
/s/ Ralph F. Boyd, Jr.
Ralph F. Boyd, Jr.
/s/ Mark E. Friis
Mark E. Friis
/s/ Susan D. Goff
Susan D. Goff
/s/ Robert E. Henel, Jr.
Robert E. Henel, Jr.
/s/ Pamela A. Little
Pamela A. Little
/s/ James J. Maiwurm
James J. Maiwurm
/s/ Gary G. Nakamoto
Gary G. Nakamoto
/s/ Robert L. Orndorff
Robert L. Orndorff
/s/ Craig A. Ruppert
Craig A. Ruppert
/s/ Dennis A. Starliper
Dennis A. Starliper
Title
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
122
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
123
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
DIRECTORS EMERITI
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Robert L. Orndorff, Chairman
Mona Abutaleb
Ralph F. Boyd, Jr.
Mark E. Friis
Susan D. Goff
Robert E. Henel, Jr.
Pamela A. Little
James J. Maiwurm
Gary G. Nakamoto
Craig A. Ruppert
Daniel J. Schrider
Dennis A. Starliper
CORPORATE OFFICERS OF
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
Daniel J. Schrider
President
Chief Executive Officer
Philip J. Mantua
Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
Ronald E. Kuykendall
Executive Vice President
General Counsel & Secretary
Hunter R. Hollar,
Chairman Emeritus
W. Drew Stabler,
Chairman Emeritus
John Chirtea
Solomon Graham
Marshall H. Groom
Joyce Riggs Hawkins
Gilbert L. Hardesty
Thomas O. Keech
Charles F. Mess, Sr.
Robert L. Mitchell
Louisa W. Riggs
David E. Rippeon
Lewis R. Schumann
FREDERICK
ADVISORY BOARD
Mark E. Friis, Chairman
James L. Bittle
Edward P. Robinson
Gary R. Sanbower
Ronald W. Shafer
Chad S. Tyler
Edward E. Wormald
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF
SANDY SPRING BANK
NORTHERN VIRGINIA
ADVISORY BOARD
Howard M. Bushman
Craig E. Cheifetz
Marshall H. Groom
Michael Jordan
David M. Lesser
William J. McMenamin
Sarah L. “Sally” Merten
Gerald D. Pelano
Thomas P. Schimmel
Daniel J. Schrider
President
Chief Executive Officer
Philip J. Mantua
Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
R. Louis Caceres
Executive Vice President
Wealth Mgmt, Insurance,
Mortgage, and Private Banking
Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr.
Executive Vice President
Commercial and Retail Banking
Ronald E. Kuykendall
Executive Vice President
General Counsel & Secretary
John D. Sadowski
Executive Vice President
Chief Information Officer
Ronda M. McDowell
Executive Vice President
Chief Credit Officer
Corporate Headquarters
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
17801 Georgia Avenue
Olney, MD 20832
(301) 774-6400
(800) 399-5919
Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of
Shareholders will be held on
Wednesday,
May 4, 2016 at 3:00 p.m. at:
Manor Country Club
14901 Carrolton Road
Rockville, MD 20853
Form 10-K
Bancorp’s Form 10-K may be
obtained free of charge by writing
to:
Ronald E. Kuykendall
General Counsel & Secretary
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
17801 Georgia Avenue
Olney, MD 20832
Or by email to:
ir@sandyspringbank.com
Or online at
www.sandyspringbank.com/proxy
Stock Exchange Listing
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc,
common stock is traded on the
Nasdaq Global Select Market under
the symbol SASR.
Transfer Agent
Computershare, Inc.
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
(800) 368-5948
Investor Relations
www.sandyspringbank.com
Member Federal Reserve Bank
Member FDIC
Equal Housing Lender
Affirmative Action EEO